UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-Q
þ
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended December 31, 2016
or
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from ________ to ________
Commission File Number: 1-11373
CVRPIC63016A01A02A08.JPG
Cardinal Health, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Ohio
31-0958666
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)
 
 
7000 Cardinal Place, Dublin, Ohio
43017
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)
 
 
(614) 757-5000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   þ     No   o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes    þ     No   o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer   þ
Accelerated filer    o
Non-accelerated filer   o  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company   o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   o      No    þ
The number of the registrant’s common shares, without par value, outstanding as of January 31, 2017 , was the following: 315,454,756 .




Cardinal Health    
Q2 Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents
 
 
Page

About Cardinal Health
 
Cardinal Health, Inc. is an Ohio corporation formed in 1979 and is a globally integrated healthcare services and products company providing customized solutions for hospital systems, pharmacies, ambulatory surgery centers, clinical laboratories and physicians' offices. We provide clinically proven medical products and pharmaceuticals and cost-effective solutions that enhance supply chain efficiency. We connect patients, providers, payers, pharmacists and manufacturers for integrated care coordination and better patient management. We manage our business and report our financial results in two segments: Pharmaceutical and Medical. As used in this report, “we,” “our,” “us,” and similar pronouns refer to Cardinal Health, Inc. and its subsidiaries, unless the context requires otherwise.
Forward-Looking Statements
 
This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2016 (this "Form 10-Q") (including information incorporated by reference) includes "forward-looking statements" addressing expectations, prospects, estimates and other matters that are dependent upon future events or developments. Many forward-looking statements appear in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ("MD&A"), but there are others in the document, which may be identified by the words such as "expect," "anticipate," "intend," "plan," "believe," "will," "should," "could," "would," "project," "continue," "likely," and similar expressions, and include statements reflecting future results, trends or guidance, statements of outlook and expense accruals. The matters discussed in these forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those made, projected or implied in the forward-looking statements. The most significant of these risks, uncertainties and other factors are described in "Risk Factors" in this form 10-Q, in Exhibit 99.1 to this Form 10-Q and in "Risk Factors" of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 (our “2016 Form 10-K”). Forward-looking statements in this document speak only as of the date of this document. Except to the extent required by applicable law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
 
In the "Overview of Consolidated Results" section of MD&A, we use financial measures that are derived from our consolidated financial data but are not presented in our condensed consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"). These measures are considered "non-GAAP financial measures" under the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") rules. The reasons we use these non-GAAP financial measures and the reconciliations to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures are included in the “Explanation and Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section following MD&A in this Form 10-Q.


  1
Cardinal Health | Q2   Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q
 


MD&A
Overview
 




Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The discussion and analysis presented below is concerned with material changes in financial condition and results of operations between the periods specified in our condensed consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2016 , and in our condensed consolidated statements of earnings for the three and six months ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 . All comparisons presented are with respect to the prior-year period, unless stated otherwise. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the MD&A included in our 2016 Form 10-K .


 
Cardinal Health |  Q2   Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q
2



MD&A
Overview
 


Overview of Consolidated Results
Revenue
 
A17Q2_10QX123XCHART-16525.JPG
During the three and six months ended December 31, 2016 , revenue increased 5 percent to $33.1 billion and 10 percent to $65.2 billion , respectively, due primarily to sales growth from pharmaceutical distribution customers.
GAAP and Non-GAAP Operating Earnings
 
A17Q2_10QX123XCHART-18205.JPG A17Q2_10QX123XCHART-19163.JPG
 
Three Months Ended December 31,
 
Six Months Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2016
 
2015
 
Change
 
2016
 
2015
 
Change
GAAP
$
542

 
$
563

 
(4
)%
 
$
1,076

 
$
1,183

 
(9
)%
LIFO charges/(credits)
9

 
39

 
 
 
9

 
39

 
 
Restructuring and employee severance
7

 
2

 
 
 
16

 
14

 
 
Amortization and other acquisition-related costs
115

 
114

 
 
 
237

 
219

 
 
Impairments and (gain)/loss on disposal of assets
9

 
17

 
 
 
12

 
17

 
 
Litigation (recoveries)/charges, net
19

 
(9
)
 
 
 
20

 
(9
)
 
 
Non-GAAP
$
701

 
$
726

 
(4
)%
 
$
1,370

 
$
1,463

 
(6
)%
The sum of the components may not equal the total due to rounding.
The decreases in both GAAP and non-GAAP operating earnings were due to generic pharmaceutical customer pricing changes, the loss of a large pharmaceutical distribution customer and reduced levels of branded pharmaceutical inflation. These were partially offset by positive contribution from the rest of our Pharmaceutical segment generics program. Strong growth from our Medical segment, which included the results of the Cordis business acquired on October 2, 2015, also positively contributed to both GAAP and non-GAAP operating earnings for both the three and six months ended December 31, 2016 .

  3
Cardinal Health | Q2   Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q
 


MD&A
Overview
 

GAAP and Non-GAAP Diluted EPS
 
A17Q2_10QX123XCHART-20113.JPG A17Q2_10QX123XCHART-20982.JPG
 
Three Months Ended December 31,
 
Six Months Ended December 31,
($ per share)
2016
 
2015
 
Change
 
2016
 
2015
 
Change
GAAP (1)
$
1.02

 
$
0.98

 
4
%
 
$
1.97

 
$
2.14

 
(8
)%
LIFO charges/(credits)
0.02

 
0.07

 
 
 
0.02

 
0.07

 
 
Restructuring and employee severance
0.01

 

 
 
 
0.03

 
0.02

 
 
Amortization and other acquisition-related costs
0.24

 
0.22

 
 
 
0.49

 
0.42

 
 
Impairments and (gain)/loss on disposal of assets
0.02

 
0.03

 
 
 
0.02

 
0.03

 
 
Litigation (recoveries)/charges, net
0.04

 
(0.01
)
 
 
 
0.04

 
(0.01
)
 
 
Non-GAAP (1)
$
1.34

 
$
1.30

 
3
%
 
$
2.57

 
$
2.68

 
(4
)%
The sum of the components may not equal the total due to rounding.
(1)
diluted earnings per share attributable to Cardinal Health, Inc. ("diluted EPS")

During the three months ended December 31, 2016, GAAP and non-GAAP diluted EPS increased primarily due to a lower effective tax rate and fewer outstanding shares as a result of share repurchases, partially offset by lower GAAP and non-GAAP operating earnings. During the six months ended December 31, 2016 GAAP and non-GAAP diluted EPS decreased primarily due to lower GAAP and non-GAAP operating earnings, partially offset by fewer outstanding shares as a result of share repurchases.

Cash and Equivalents
 
Our cash and equivalents balance was $1.9 billion at December 31, 2016 compared to $2.4 billion at June 30, 2016 . The decrease in cash and equivalents during the six months ended December 31, 2016 was driven by $600 million paid for share repurchases, $293 million paid for dividends and $213 million of capital expenditures, offset in part by net cash provided by operating activities of $658 million .
Trends
 
As we have previously disclosed, within our Pharmaceutical segment we continue to expect fiscal 2017 segment profit to be less than fiscal 2016 segment profit due to the factors described below under "Results of Operations" that impacted results for the three and six months ended December 31, 2016 . However, as is generally the case, the frequency, timing, magnitude, and profit impact of pharmaceutical customer pricing changes and branded and generic pharmaceutical manufacturer pricing changes remain uncertain and their impact on Pharmaceutical segment profit and consolidated operating earnings in fiscal 2017 could be more or less than we expect.

 
Cardinal Health |  Q2   Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q
4



MD&A
Results of Operations
 

Results of Operations
Revenue

A17Q2_10QX123XCHART-17088.JPG A17Q2_10QX123XCHART-18173.JPG
 
Three Months Ended December 31,
 
Six Months Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2016
 
2015
 
Change
 
2016
 
2015
 
Change
Pharmaceutical
$
29,743

 
$
28,287

 
5
%
 
$
58,505

 
$
53,427

 
10
%
Medical
3,410

 
3,162

 
8
%
 
6,690

 
6,081

 
10
%
Total segment revenue
33,153

 
31,449

 
5
%
 
65,195

 
59,508

 
10
%
Corporate
(3
)
 
(4
)
 
N.M.

 
(6
)
 
(9
)
 
N.M.

Total revenue
$
33,150

 
$
31,445

 
5
%
 
$
65,189

 
$
59,499

 
10
%

Pharmaceutical Segment
Pharmaceutical segment revenue growth for the three months ended December 31, 2016 was primarily due to $1.7 billion in sales growth from our existing pharmaceutical distribution and specialty pharmaceutical customers.
Pharmaceutical segment revenue growth for the six months ended December 31, 2016 was primarily due to $5.1 billion in sales growth from new and existing pharmaceutical distribution customers, including the on-boarding of a new mail order customer beginning in October 2015.
 

Medical Segment
Medical segment revenue growth for the three months ended December 31, 2016 was primarily due to sales growth from new and existing customers.
Medical segment revenue growth for the six months ended December 31, 2016 was primarily due to sales growth from new and existing customers and $202 million in contributions from acquisitions.



Cost of Products Sold
 
Cost of products sold f or the three and six months ended December 31, 2016 increased $1.7 billion ( 6 percent ) and $5.7 billion ( 10 percent ) compared to the prior-year periods, respectively, as a result of the same factors affecting the changes in revenue and gross margin.





  5
Cardinal Health | Q2   Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q
 


MD&A
Results of Operations
 

Gross Margin

 
A17Q2_10QX123XCHART-19094.JPG A17Q2_10QX123XCHART-19837.JPG
 
Three Months Ended December 31,
 
Six Months Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2016
 
2015
 
Change
 
2016
 
2015
 
Change
Gross margin
$
1,602

 
$
1,609

 
 %
 
$
3,192

 
$
3,188

 
%
Three Months Ended December 31, 2016
Gross margin during the three months ended December 31, 2016 was essentially flat versus the prior-year period.
Pharmaceutical distribution sales growth increased gross margin by $72 million. This was partially offset by the loss of a large pharmaceutical distribution customer.
Gross margin as a percent of revenue declined 29 basis points, primarily due to generic pharmaceutical customer pricing changes.
Gross margin benefited $30 million from a lower last-in first-out ("LIFO") charge as compared to the prior-year period. See Note 1 of the "Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements" for additional information on LIFO.
 
Six Months Ended December 31, 2016
Gross margin during the six months ended December 31, 2016 was essentially flat versus the prior-year period.
Pharmaceutical distribution sales growth and acquisitions in both segments increased gross margin by $181 million and $125 million, respectively.  These were partially offset by the loss of a large pharmaceutical distribution customer.
Gross margin as a percent of revenue declined 46 basis points, primarily due to generic pharmaceutical customer pricing changes and changes in product mix resulting from the on-boarding of a new mail order customer. While the new mail order customer contributes positively to gross margin dollars, it has a dilutive impact on our overall gross margin rate for the six-month period.
Gross margin benefited $30 million from a lower LIFO charge compared to the prior-year period.


Distribution, Selling, General, and Administrative ("SG&A") Expenses
 
 
Three Months Ended December 31,
 
Six Months Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2016
 
2015
 
Change
 
2016
 
2015
 
Change
SG&A expenses
$
910

 
$
922

 
(1
)%
 
$
1,831

 
$
1,764

 
4
%

SG&A expenses during the three months ended December 31, 2016 were essentially flat versus the prior-year period. The increase in SG&A expenses during the six months ended December 31, 2016 over the prior-year period was driven by acquisitions ($103 million).

 
Cardinal Health |  Q2   Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q
6



MD&A
Results of Operations
 

Segment Profit
 
We evaluate segment performance based on segment profit, among other measures. See Note 13 of the "Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements" for additional information on segment profit.
A17Q2_10QX123XCHART-20592.JPG A17Q2_10QX123XCHART-21374.JPG
 
Three Months Ended December 31,
 
Six Months Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2016
 
2015
 
Change
 
2016
 
2015
 
Change
Pharmaceutical
$
537

 
$
627

 
(14
)%
 
$
1,071

 
$
1,285

 
(17
)%
Medical
159

 
106

 
50
 %
 
286

 
207

 
39
 %
Total segment profit
696

 
733

 
(5
)%
 
1,357

 
1,492

 
(9
)%
Corporate
(154
)
 
(170
)
 
9
 %
 
(281
)
 
(309
)
 
9
 %
Total consolidated operating earnings
$
542

 
$
563

 
(4
)%
 
$
1,076

 
$
1,183

 
(9
)%

Pharmaceutical Segment Profit
The decrease in Pharmaceutical segment profit during the three and six months ended December 31, 2016 was largely due to generic pharmaceutical customer pricing changes. The loss of a large pharmaceutical distribution customer beginning April 1, 2016 and reduced levels of branded pharmaceutical inflation also contributed to the decrease in Pharmaceutical segment profit. These were partially offset by positive contribution from the rest of our generics program.
LIFO charges/(credits) are not allocated to segment profit as explained in Note 13 of the "Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements".
 

Medical Segment Profit
The increase in Medical segment profit during the three months ended December 31, 2016 was primarily due to contributions from Cardinal Health Brand products, which includes the beneficial comparison from the $21 million, prior-year unfavorable impact on cost of products sold from the Cordis inventory fair value step up.
Contributions from Cardinal Health Brand products, including the above-mentioned Cordis inventory step up as well as acquisitions, increased Medical segment profit during the six months ended December 31, 2016 .
Corporate
The changes in Corporate during the three and six months ended December 31, 2016 compared to the prior-year periods were primarily due to a lower LIFO charge described under "Gross Margin" above.





  7
Cardinal Health | Q2   Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q
 


MD&A
Results of Operations
 

Other Components of Consolidated Operating Earnings
 
In addition to revenue, gross margin, and SG&A expenses discussed previously, consolidated operating earnings were impacted by the following:
 
Three Months Ended December 31,
 
Six Months Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
Restructuring and employee severance
$
7

 
$
2

 
$
16

 
$
14

Amortization and other acquisition-related costs
115

 
114

 
237

 
219

Impairments and (gain)/loss on disposal of assets, net
9

 
17

 
12

 
17

Litigation (recoveries)/charges, net
19

 
(9
)
 
20

 
(9
)
Amortization and Other Acquisition-Related Costs
Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets was $95 million and $100 million for the three months ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets was $196 million and $167 million for the six months ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively.
 
Litigation (Recoveries)/Charges, Net
Litigation (recoveries)/charges, net increased over the prior-year periods primarily due to settlement of the State of West Virginia matter. See Note 7 of the "Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements" for additional information.


Earnings Before Income Taxes

In addition to the items discussed above, earnings before income taxes were impacted by the following:
 
Three Months Ended December 31,
 
Six Months Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2016
 
2015
 
Change
 
2016
 
2015
 
Change
Other (income)/expense, net
$
7

 
$
(2
)
 
N.M.

 
$
3

 
$
6

 
N.M.

Interest expense, net
44

 
45

 
(2
)%
 
88

 
90

 
(2
)%

Provision for Income Taxes
 
During the three months ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , the effective tax rate was 34.0 percent and 37.3 percent , respectively. The effective tax rate for the three months ended December 31, 2016 was impacted by net favorable discrete items of $12 million. Net favorable discrete items were immaterial for the three months ended December 31, 2015.
 
During the six months ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , the effective tax rate was 35.6 percent and 34.7 percent , respectively. The effective tax rate for the six months ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 included net favorable discrete items of $15 million and $28 million, respectively.






 
Cardinal Health |  Q2   Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q
8



MD&A
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 

Liquidity and Capital Resources
We currently believe that, based on available capital resources (cash on hand and committed credit facilities) and projected operating cash flow, we have adequate capital resources to fund working capital needs; currently anticipated capital expenditures; currently anticipated business growth and expansion; contractual obligations; tax payments; and current and projected debt service requirements, dividends, and share repurchases. If we decide to engage in one or more additional acquisitions, depending on the size and timing of such transactions, we may need to access capital markets for additional financing.
Cash and Equivalents
 
Our cash and equivalents balance was $1.9 billion at December 31, 2016 compared to $2.4 billion at June 30, 2016 . At December 31, 2016 , our cash and equivalents were held in cash depository accounts with major banks or invested in high quality, short-term liquid investments.
During the six months ended December 31, 2016 , we deployed $600 million on share repurchases, $293 million for cash dividends and $213 million for capital expenditures; net cash provided by operating activities was $658 million , driven primarily by net earnings.
 
The cash and equivalents balance at December 31, 2016 included $552 million of cash held by subsidiaries outside of the United States. Although the vast majority of cash is available for repatriation, bringing the cash into the United States could trigger U.S federal, state and local income tax obligations. Because the earnings are considered permanently reinvested, no U.S. tax provision has been accrued related to the repatriation of these earnings. It is not practicable to evaluate the amount of U.S. tax that might be payable on the remittance of such earnings.
Changes in working capital, which impact operating cash flow, can vary significantly depending on factors such as the timing of customer payments, inventory purchases and payments to vendors in the regular course of business, as well as fluctuating working capital needs driven by customer and product mix.

Other Financing Arrangements and Financial Instruments
 
Credit Facilities and Commercial Paper
In addition to cash and equivalents and operating cash flow, other sources of liquidity include a $1.75 billion revolving credit facility and a $700 million committed receivables sales facility program. In November 2016, we renewed our committed receivables sales facility program through November 1, 2019. In December 2016, we increased our commercial paper program, which is backed by our revolving credit facility, from $1.5 billion to $1.75 billion . At December 31, 2016 , we had no amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility; however, availability was reduced by outstanding letters of credit of $14 million . We also had no amounts outstanding under the committed receivables sales facility program; however, availability was reduced by outstanding standby letters of credit of $38 million at December 31, 2016 .
 
Our revolving credit facility and committed receivables sales facility program require us to maintain a consolidated leverage ratio of no more than 3.25-to-1 . As of December 31, 2016 , we were in compliance with this financial covenant.
Available-for-Sale Securities
At December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2016 , we held $201 million and $200 million , respectively of marketable securities, which are classified as available-for-sale.


Capital Deployment
 
Capital Expenditures
Capital expenditures during the six months ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were $213 million and $175 million , respectively.
Dividends
On November 3, 2016, our Board of Directors approved a quarterly dividend of $0.4489 per share, or $1.80 per share on an annualized basis, which was paid on January 15, 2017 to shareholders of record on January 3, 2017.
 
Share Repurchases
During the six months ended December 31, 2016 , we repurchased $600 million of our common shares. We funded the repurchases with available cash. At December 31, 2016 , we had $443 million remaining under our existing share repurchase program.


  9
Cardinal Health | Q2   Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q
 

MD&A
Other Items
 


Other Items
The MD&A in our 2016 Form 10-K addresses our contractual obligations, critical accounting policies and sensitive accounting estimates, and off-balance sheet arrangements, as of and for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 . There have been no subsequent material changes outside of the ordinary course of business to those items.


 
Cardinal Health |  Q2   Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q
10


Explanation and Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
 
 

Explanation and Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
The "Overview of Consolidated Results" section within MD&A in this Form 10-Q contains financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with GAAP.
In addition to analyzing our business based on financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP, we use these non-GAAP financial measures internally to evaluate our performance, evaluate the balance sheet, engage in financial and operational planning, and determine incentive compensation because we believe that these measures provide additional perspective on and, in some circumstances are more closely correlated to, the performance of our underlying, ongoing business. We provide these non-GAAP financial measures to investors as supplemental metrics to assist readers in assessing the effects of items and events on our financial and operating results on a year-over-year basis and in comparing our performance to that of our competitors. However, the non-GAAP financial measures that we use may be calculated differently from, and therefore may not be comparable to, similarly titled measures used by other companies. The non-GAAP financial measures disclosed by us should not be considered a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP, and the financial results calculated in accordance with GAAP and reconciliations to those financial statements set forth below should be carefully evaluated.
Exclusions from Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Management believes it is useful to exclude the following items from the non-GAAP measures presented in this Form 10-Q for its own and for investors’ assessment of the business for the reasons identified below:
LIFO charges and credits are excluded because the factors that drive last-in first-out ("LIFO") inventory charges or credits, such as pharmaceutical manufacturer price appreciation or deflation and year-end inventory levels (which can be meaningfully influenced by customer buying behavior immediately preceding our fiscal year-end), are largely out of our control and cannot be accurately predicted. The exclusion of LIFO charges from non-GAAP metrics allows for a better comparison of our current financial results to our historical financial results and to our peer group companies’ financial results.
Restructuring and employee severance costs are excluded because they relate to programs in which we fundamentally change our operations and because they are not part of the ongoing operations of our underlying business, which includes normal levels of reinvestment in the business.
Amortization and other acquisition-related costs are excluded primarily for consistency with the presentation of the financial results of our peer group companies. Additionally, these non-cash amounts are variable in amount and frequency and are significantly impacted by the timing and size of acquisitions, so their exclusion allows for better comparison of historical, current and forecasted financial results. We exclude other acquisition-related costs because they are directly related to an acquisition but do not meet the criteria to be recognized on the acquired entity’s initial balance sheet as part of the purchase price allocation. They are also significantly impacted by the timing and size of acquisitions.
Impairments and gains or loss on disposal of assets are excluded because they do not occur in or reflect the ordinary course of our ongoing business operations and their exclusion results in a metric that more meaningfully reflects the sustainability of our operating performance.
Litigation recoveries or charges, net are excluded because they often relate to events that may have occurred in prior or multiple periods, do not occur in or reflect the ordinary course of our business and are inherently unpredictable in timing and amount.
Loss on extinguishment of debt is excluded because it does not typically occur in the normal course of business and may obscure analysis of trends and financial performance. Additionally, the amount and frequency of this type of charge is not consistent and is significantly impacted by the timing and size of debt financing transactions.
The tax effect for each of the items listed above is determined using the tax rate and other tax attributes applicable to the item and the jurisdiction(s) in which the item is recorded. The gross, tax and net impact of each item are presented with our GAAP to non-GAAP reconciliations.

  11
Cardinal Health | Q2   Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q
 

Explanation and Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
 
 

Definitions
Growth rate calculation : Growth rates in this Form 10-Q are determined by dividing the difference between current period results and prior period results by prior period results.
Non-GAAP operating earnings : operating earnings excluding (1) LIFO charges/(credits), (2) restructuring and employee severance, (3) amortization and other acquisition-related costs, (4) impairments and (gain)/loss on disposal of assets and (5) litigation (recoveries)/charges, net.
Non-GAAP earnings before income taxes : earnings before income taxes excluding (1) LIFO charges/(credits), (2) restructuring and employee severance, (3) amortization and other acquisition-related costs, (4) impairments and (gain)/loss on disposal of assets, (5) litigation (recoveries)/charges, net and (6) loss on extinguishment of debt.
Non-GAAP net earnings attributable to Cardinal Health, Inc. : net earnings attributable to Cardinal Health, Inc. excluding (1) LIFO charges/(credits), (2) restructuring and employee severance, (3) amortization and other acquisition-related costs, (4) impairments and (gain)/loss on disposal of assets, (5) litigation (recoveries)/charges, net and (6) loss on extinguishment of debt, each net of tax.
Non-GAAP diluted EPS attributable to Cardinal Health, Inc. : non-GAAP net earnings attributable to Cardinal Health, Inc. divided by diluted weighted-average shares outstanding.

 
Cardinal Health |  Q2   Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q
12


Explanation and Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
 
 

GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations
(in millions, except per common share amounts)
Operating Earnings
Operating Earnings Growth Rate
Earnings Before Income Taxes
Provision for Income Taxes
Net Earnings 1
Net Earnings 1  Growth Rate
Diluted EPS 1
Diluted EPS 1  Growth Rate
 
Three Months Ended December 31, 2016
GAAP
$
542

(4
)%
$
491

$
167

$
324

 %
$
1.02

4
 %
LIFO charges/(credits)
9

 
9

4

5

 
0.02

 
Restructuring and employee severance
7

 
7

2

5

 
0.01

 
Amortization and other acquisition-related costs
115

 
115

39

76

 
0.24

 
Impairments and loss on disposal of assets
9

 
9

3

6

 
0.02

 
Litigation (recoveries)/charges, net
19

 
19

7

12

 
0.04

 
Non-GAAP
$
701

(4
)%
$
650

$
222

$
427

(1
)%
$
1.34

3
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Months Ended December 31, 2015
GAAP
$
563

3
 %
$
520

$
194

$
326

13
 %
$
0.98

14
 %
LIFO charges/(credits)
39

 
39

15

24

 
0.07

 
Restructuring and employee severance
2

 
2

1

1

 

 
Amortization and other acquisition-related costs
114

 
114

41

73

 
0.22

 
Impairments and loss on disposal of assets
17

 
17

7

10

 
0.03

 
Litigation (recoveries)/charges, net
(9
)
 
(9
)
(5
)
(4
)
 
(0.01
)
 
Non-GAAP
$
726

14
 %
$
683

$
253

$
430

7
 %
$
1.30

8
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended December 31, 2016
GAAP
$
1,076

(9
)%
$
985

$
351

$
633

(11
)%
$
1.97

(8
)%
LIFO charges/(credits)
9

 
9

4

5

 
0.02

 
Restructuring and employee severance
16

 
16

6

10

 
0.03

 
Amortization and other acquisition-related costs
237

 
237

79

158

 
0.49

 
Impairments and loss on disposal of assets
12

 
12

4

8

 
0.02

 
Litigation (recoveries)/charges, net
20

 
20

8

12

 
0.04

 
Non-GAAP
$
1,370

(6
)%
$
1,279

$
452

$
826

(7
)%
$
2.57

(4
)%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Six Months Ended December 31, 2015
GAAP
$
1,183

17
 %
$
1,087

$
377

$
709

28
 %
$
2.14

30
 %
LIFO charges/(credits)
39

 
39

15

24

 
0.07

 
Restructuring and employee severance
14

 
14

5

9

 
0.02

 
Amortization and other acquisition-related costs
219

 
219

78

141

 
0.42

 
Impairments and (gain)/loss on disposal of assets
17

 
17

7

10

 
0.03

 
Litigation (recoveries)/charges, net
(9
)
 
(9
)
(5
)
(4
)
 
(0.01
)
 
Non-GAAP
$
1,463

22
 %
$
1,368

$
479

$
889

20
 %
$
2.68

22
 %
1  
attributable to Cardinal Health, Inc.
The sum of the components may not equal the total due to rounding.
We apply varying tax rates depending on the item's nature and tax jurisdiction where it is incurred.



  13
Cardinal Health | Q2   Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q
 

Other
 



Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
There have been no material changes in the quantitative and qualitative market risk disclosures included in our 2016 Form 10-K since the end of fiscal 2016 through December 31, 2016 .
Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We evaluated, with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act")) as of December 31, 2016 . Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that as of December 31, 2016 , our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in our reports under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2016 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Implementation of New Software Systems
The Pharmaceutical segment is in a multi-year project implementing a replacement of certain finance and operating information systems, which is expected to affect internal control over financial reporting. This project did not impact internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2016 . During the quarter ending March 31, 2017, we began transitioning selected processes to the new systems. If these new systems are not effectively implemented or fail to operate as intended, it could adversely affect our internal control over financial reporting.
Legal Proceedings
The legal proceedings described in Note 7 of the "Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements" are incorporated in this "Legal Proceedings" section by reference.

 
Cardinal Health |  Q2   Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q
14


Other
 

Risk Factors
You should carefully consider the information in this Form 10-Q, including the risk factor below, and the risk factors discussed in "Risk Factors" and other risks discussed in our 2016 Form 10-K and our filings with the SEC since June 30, 2016 . These risks could materially and adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, and cash flows. Our business also could be affected by risks that we are not presently aware of or that we currently consider immaterial to our operations.

We may be impacted by possible legislative and regulatory initiatives.
Changes in domestic policy, including significant changes in tax, trade, healthcare and other laws and regulations, could affect our business. For example, tax proposals may include changes, which could, if implemented, have an adverse or a beneficial impact on us, including a “border adjustment tax” or new import tariffs, which could adversely affect us because we sell imported products. In addition, proposals to modify or repeal the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act may, if implemented, affect us.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Period
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased (1)
 
Average Price Paid per Share
 
Total Number of Shares
Purchased
as Part of Publicly Announced Program (2)
 
Approximate
Dollar Value of
Shares That May
Yet be Purchased
Under the Program (2)
(in millions)
October 2016
210

 
$
75.90

 

 
$
793

November 2016
4,587,897

 
69.37

 
4,587,693

 
475

December 2016
445,961

 
71.27

 
445,761

 
443

Total
5,034,068

 
$
69.54

 
5,033,454

 
$
443

(1)
Reflects 210 , 205 and 199 common shares purchased in October, November and December 2016, respectively, through a rabbi trust as investments of participants in our Deferred Compensation Plan.
(2)
On May 4, 2016, our Board of Directors approved a $1.0 billion share repurchase program that expires on December 31, 2019.





  15
Cardinal Health | Q2   Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q
 


Financial Statements
 
 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Earnings
(Unaudited)
 
Three Months Ended December 31,
 
Six Months Ended December 31,
(in millions, except per common share amounts)
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
Revenue
$
33,150

 
$
31,445

 
$
65,189

 
$
59,499

Cost of products sold
31,548

 
29,836

 
61,997

 
56,311

Gross margin
1,602

 
1,609

 
3,192

 
3,188

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Distribution, selling, general, and administrative expenses
910

 
922

 
1,831

 
1,764

Restructuring and employee severance
7

 
2

 
16

 
14

Amortization and other acquisition-related costs
115

 
114

 
237

 
219

Impairments and loss on disposal of assets, net
9

 
17

 
12

 
17

Litigation (recoveries)/charges, net
19

 
(9
)
 
20

 
(9
)
Operating earnings
542

 
563

 
1,076

 
1,183

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other (income)/expense, net
7

 
(2
)
 
3

 
6

Interest expense, net
44

 
45

 
88

 
90

Earnings before income taxes
491

 
520

 
985

 
1,087

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for income taxes
167

 
194

 
351

 
377

Net earnings
324

 
326

 
634

 
710

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less: Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 
(1
)
 
(1
)
Net earnings attributable to Cardinal Health, Inc.
$
324

 
$
326

 
$
633

 
$
709

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings per common share attributable to Cardinal Health, Inc.:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
1.02

 
$
0.99

 
$
1.99

 
$
2.16

Diluted
1.02

 
0.98

 
1.97

 
2.14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
318

 
329

 
319

 
329

Diluted
319

 
332

 
321

 
332

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash dividends declared per common share
$
0.4489

 
$
0.3870

 
$
0.8978

 
$
0.7740

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 
Cardinal Health |  Q2   Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q
16



Financial Statements
 
 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
(Unaudited)
 
Three Months Ended December 31,
 
Six Months Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
Net earnings
$
324

 
$
326

 
$
634

 
$
710

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other comprehensive loss:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments and other
(78
)
 
(28
)
 
(80
)
 
(73
)
Net unrealized gain/(loss) on derivative instruments, net of tax
24

 
(1
)
 
26

 
(1
)
Total other comprehensive loss, net of tax
(54
)
 
(29
)
 
(54
)
 
(74
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total comprehensive income
270

 
297

 
580

 
636

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less: comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 
(1
)
 
(1
)
Total comprehensive income attributable to Cardinal Health, Inc.
$
270

 
$
297

 
$
579

 
$
635

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.


  17
Cardinal Health | Q2   Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q
 


Financial Statements
 
 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Unaudited)
(in millions)
December 31, 2016
 
June 30, 2016
Assets
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
Cash and equivalents
$
1,881

 
$
2,356

Trade receivables, net
7,533

 
7,405

Inventories, net
11,915

 
10,615

Prepaid expenses and other
1,824

 
1,580

Total current assets
23,153

 
21,956

 
 
 
 
Property and equipment, net
1,856

 
1,796

Goodwill and other intangibles, net
9,276

 
9,426

Other assets
736

 
944

Total assets
$
35,021

 
$
34,122

 
 
 
 
Liabilities, Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests and Shareholders’ Equity
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
Accounts payable
$
18,857

 
$
17,306

Current portion of long-term obligations and other short-term borrowings
603

 
587

Other accrued liabilities
1,554

 
1,808

Total current liabilities
21,014

 
19,701

 
 
 
 
Long-term obligations, less current portion
4,859

 
4,952

Deferred income taxes and other liabilities
2,692

 
2,781

 
 
 
 
Redeemable noncontrolling interests
115

 
117

 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ equity:
 
 
 
Preferred shares, without par value:
 
 
 
Authorized— 500 thousand  shares, Issued— none

 

Common shares, without par value:
 
 
 
Authorized— 755 million  shares, Issued— 327 million  shares and 364 million shares at  December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2016, respectively
2,672

 
3,010

Retained earnings
4,604

 
6,419

Common Shares in treasury, at cost:  11 million  shares and 42 million shares at  December 31, 2016  and June 30 2016, respectively
(783
)
 
(2,759
)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(170
)
 
(116
)
Total Cardinal Health, Inc. shareholders' equity
6,323

 
6,554

Noncontrolling interests
18

 
17

Total shareholders’ equity
6,341

 
6,571

Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interests and shareholders’ equity
$
35,021

 
$
34,122

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.


 
Cardinal Health |  Q2   Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q
18



Financial Statements
 
 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Unaudited)
 
Six Months Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2016
 
2015
Cash flows provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
Net earnings
$
634

 
$
710

 
 
 
 
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
339

 
306

Impairments and loss on sale of other investments
3

 

Impairments and loss on disposal of assets, net
12

 
17

Share-based compensation
47

 
56

Provision for bad debts
29

 
35

Change in fair value of contingent consideration obligation

 
(14
)
Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions:
 
 
 
Increase in trade receivables
(146
)
 
(393
)
Increase in inventories
(1,294
)
 
(1,565
)
Increase in accounts payable
1,563

 
2,431

Other accrued liabilities and operating items, net
(529
)
 
(172
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
658

 
1,411

 
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired
(11
)
 
(3,284
)
Additions to property and equipment
(213
)
 
(175
)
Purchase of available-for-sale securities and other investments
(125
)
 
(88
)
Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities and other investments
72

 
57

Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities
39

 
19

Proceeds from divestitures and disposal of property and equipment and held for sale assets
1

 

Net cash used in investing activities
(237
)
 
(3,471
)
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
Payment of contingent consideration obligation

 
(23
)
Net change in short-term borrowings
33

 
39

Net purchase of noncontrolling interests
(12
)
 

Reduction of long-term obligations
(60
)
 
(4
)
Proceeds from interest rate swap terminations
14

 

Net tax withholdings from share-based compensation

 
(7
)
Tax proceeds from share-based compensation
32

 
32

Dividends on common shares
(293
)
 
(259
)
Purchase of treasury shares
(600
)
 

Net cash used in financing activities
(886
)
 
(222
)
 
 
 
 
Effect of exchange rates changes on cash and equivalents
(10
)
 
(10
)
 
 
 
 
Net decrease in cash and equivalents
(475
)
 
(2,292
)
Cash and equivalents at beginning of period
2,356

 
4,616

Cash and equivalents at end of period
$
1,881

 
$
2,324

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

  19
Cardinal Health | Q2   Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q
 


Notes to Financial Statements
 
 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
1. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
Our condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of all majority-owned or controlled subsidiaries, and all significant intercompany transactions and amounts have been eliminated. References to "we," "our," and similar pronouns in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2016 (this "Form 10-Q") refer to Cardinal Health, Inc. and its majority-owned or controlled subsidiaries unless the context requires otherwise.
Our condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") instructions to Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and include the information and disclosures required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("GAAP") for interim financial reporting. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported in the condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual amounts may differ from these estimated amounts. In our opinion, all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the condensed consolidated financial statements have been included. Except as disclosed elsewhere in this Form 10-Q, all such adjustments are of a normal and recurring nature. In addition, financial results presented for this fiscal 2017 interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full fiscal year ending June 30, 2017 . These condensed consolidated financial statements are unaudited and, accordingly, should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 (the " 2016 Form 10-K ").
Inventories
A substantial portion of our inventories are valued at the lower of cost, using the last-in, first-out ("LIFO") method, or market. These inventories are included within the core pharmaceutical distribution facilities of our Pharmaceutical segment (“distribution facilities”) and are primarily merchandise inventories. The LIFO method presumes that the most recent inventory purchases are the first items sold, so LIFO helps us better match current costs and revenue. We believe that the average cost method of inventory valuation provides a reasonable approximation of the current cost of replacing inventory within these distribution facilities. As such, the LIFO reserve is the difference between (a) inventory at the lower of LIFO cost or market and (b) inventory at replacement cost determined using the average cost method of inventory valuation.
Interim LIFO calculations are based on our estimates of the expected year-end inventory levels and costs, since the actual valuation of inventory under the LIFO method is computed at the end of the fiscal year based on the inventory levels, inventory mix and inventory cost inflation and deflation at that time. Based upon the year-to-date
 
balance and expectations for the remainder of the fiscal year, we recorded LIFO charges of $9 million and $39 million for both three and six months ended  December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively, which are included in cost of products sold in the condensed consolidated financial statements.
Recent Financial Accounting Standards
In January 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued new accounting guidance that changes the definition of a business when evaluating whether a set of transferred assets and activities is considered a business. This guidance will be effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal 2019, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of this standard on our consolidated financial statements.
In November 2016, the FASB issued amended accounting guidance on the presentation of restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents in the statement of cash flows. The guidance requires an entity to include restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period amounts shown on the statements of cash flows. This amendment will be effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal 2019. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the timing of adoption and the impact of this standard on our consolidated financial statements.
In October 2016, the FASB issued amended accounting guidance that requires an entity to recognize the income tax effect of intercompany sales and transfers of assets other than inventory at the time that the transfer occurs rather than when the asset is sold to a third party. This amendment will be effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal 2019. We are currently evaluating the impact of this standard on our consolidated financial statements.
In August 2016, the FASB issued accounting guidance which clarifies the classification of certain cash receipts and cash payments in the statement of cash flows, including those related to contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, distributions received from equity method investees, debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs, and proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims. This guidance will be effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal 2019. We are currently evaluating the impact of this standard on our consolidated financial statements.
In April 2015, the FASB issued amended accounting guidance that clarifies the circumstances under which a cloud computing customer would account for the arrangement as a license of internal-use software. If it is determined that a software license does not exist in the arrangement, the customer would account for this arrangement as a service contract. We adopted this guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2017. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.
Also in April 2015, the FASB issued amended accounting guidance related to the presentation of debt issuance costs in the financial statements. This guidance requires an entity to present such costs in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the related debt rather than as an asset. We adopted this guidance in the first quarter of


 
Cardinal Health |  Q2   Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q
20



Notes to Financial Statements
 
 

fiscal 2017. Upon adoption of this guidance, debt issuance costs of $29 million were reclassified from other assets to long-term obligations, less current portion within the condensed consolidated balance sheet.
In May 2014, the FASB issued amended accounting guidance related to revenue recognition. This guidance is based on the principle that revenue is recognized in an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled in exchange for the transfer of goods or services to customers. The guidance also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments, and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. This amendment will be effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal 2019. We are in the process of assessing any differences between the amended and existing guidance that could impact our consolidated financial statements and continuing to evaluate the options for adoption.
2. Acquisitions
Cordis
On October 2, 2015 , we acquired the Cordis business from Ethicon, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Johnson & Johnson, for $1.9 billion using cash on hand and proceeds from our debt offering in June 2015 . The acquisition of Cordis, a global manufacturer and distributor of interventional cardiology devices and endovascular solutions with operations in more than 50 countries, expands our Medical segment's portfolio of self-manufactured products and its geographic scope. We closed the Cordis acquisition in 20 principal countries on October 2, 2015 , and acquired control of, as described in GAAP, and the rights to, the net economic benefit from the entire Cordis business in the remaining countries at that time.
Transaction and integration costs associated with the acquisition of Cordis were $15 million and $20 million during the three months ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and $29 million and $41 million during the six months ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and are included in amortization and other acquisition-related costs in the condensed consolidated statements of earnings.
Fair Value of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed
The allocation of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the acquisitions of Cordis, naviHealth Holdings, LLC ("naviHealth"), and The Harvard Drug Group ("Harvard Drug") were finalized during the six months ended December 31, 2016, resulting in goodwill of $944 million , $322 million , and $634 million , respectively. There were no significant adjustments to the allocation of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the naviHealth and Harvard Drug acquisitions from those disclosed in our 2016 Form 10-K. During the six months ended December 31, 2016, we recorded additional goodwill for Cordis of $83 million , substantially all of which was to increase an accrual for assumed pre-acquisition product liability lawsuits. See Note 7 for further discussion of the product liability lawsuits.
 
3. Restructuring and Employee Severance
The following table summarizes restructuring and employee severance costs:
 
Three Months Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2016
 
2015
Employee-related costs (1)
$
6

 
$

Facility exit and other costs (2)
1

 
2

Total restructuring and employee severance
$
7

 
$
2

 
Six Months Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2016
 
2015
Employee-related costs (1)
$
13

 
$
6

Facility exit and other costs (2)
3

 
8

Total restructuring and employee severance
$
16

 
$
14

(1)
Employee-related costs primarily consist of termination benefits provided to employees who have been involuntarily terminated and duplicate payroll costs during transition periods.
(2)
Facility exit and other costs primarily consist of lease termination costs, accelerated depreciation, equipment relocation costs, project consulting fees and costs associated with restructuring our delivery of information technology infrastructure services.
The following table summarizes activity related to liabilities associated with restructuring and employee severance:
(in millions)
Employee-
Related Costs
 
Facility Exit
and Other Costs
 
Total
Balance at June 30, 2016
$
15

 
$
1

 
$
16

Additions
9

 
1

 
10

Payments and other adjustments
(9
)
 
(1
)
 
(10
)
Balance at December 31, 2016
$
15

 
$
1

 
$
16

4. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill
The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by segment and in total:
(in millions)
Pharmaceutical
 
Medical
 
Total
Balance at June 30, 2016
$
2,919

 
$
4,248

 
$
7,167

Goodwill acquired, net of purchase price adjustments
4

 
66

 
70

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other
(15
)
 
(10
)
 
(25
)
Balance at December 31, 2016
$
2,908

 
$
4,304

 
$
7,212



  21
Cardinal Health | Q2   Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q
 


Notes to Financial Statements
 
 


Other Intangible Assets
The following tables summarize other intangible assets by class at:
 
December 31, 2016
(in millions)
Gross
Intangible
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Intangible
 
Weighted- Average Remaining Amortization Period (Years)
Indefinite-life intangibles:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IPR&D, trademarks and other
$
70

 
$

 
$
70

 
N/A
Total indefinite-life intangibles
70

 

 
70

 
N/A
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Definite-life intangibles:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer relationships
1,939

 
849

 
1,090

 
9
Trademarks, trade names, and patents
508

 
168

 
340

 
14
Developed technology and other
812

 
248

 
564

 
8
Total definite-life intangibles
3,259

 
1,265

 
1,994

 
10
Total other intangible assets
$
3,329

 
$
1,265

 
$
2,064

 
N/A
 
June 30, 2016
(in millions)
Gross
Intangible
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Intangible
Indefinite-life intangibles:
 
 
 
 
 
IPR&D, trademarks and other
$
72

 
$

 
$
72

Total indefinite-life intangibles
72

 

 
72

 
 
 
 
 
 
Definite-life intangibles:
 
 
 
 
 
Customer relationships
1,946

 
737

 
1,209

Trademarks, trade names, and patents
508

 
140

 
368

Developed technology and other
808

 
198

 
610

Total definite-life intangibles
3,262

 
1,075

 
2,187

Total other intangible assets
$
3,334

 
$
1,075

 
$
2,259

Total amortization of intangible assets was $95 million and $101 million for the three months ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively, and $196 million and $168 million for the six months ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. Estimated annual amortization of intangible assets for the remainder of fiscal 2017 through 2021 is as follows: $189 million , $349 million , $280 million , $253 million , and $206 million .
 
5. Available-for-Sale Securities
We invest in marketable securities, which are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. We held the following investments in marketable securities at fair value at:
(in millions)
December 31, 2016
 
June 30, 2016
Current available-for-sale securities:
 
 
 
Treasury bills
$

 
$
3

International bonds
3

 
2

Corporate bonds
59

 
58

U.S. agency bonds
11

 
6

Asset-backed securities
26

 
28

International equity securities
1

 
2

U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities
10

 
14

Total current available-for-sale securities
110

 
113

Long-term available-for-sale securities:
 
 
 
Treasury bills
24

 
10

International bonds
3

 
1

Corporate bonds
29

 
36

U.S. agency bonds

 
9

Asset-backed securities
16

 
17

U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities
19

 
14

Total long-term available-for-sale securities
91

 
87

Total available-for-sale securities
$
201

 
$
200

Gross unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities were immaterial at both December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2016 . During the six months ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , gross realized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities were immaterial and we did not recognize any other-than-temporary impairments. At December 31, 2016 , the weighted-average effective maturity of our current and long-term marketable securities was approximately 6 months and 16 months , respectively.
6. Income Taxes
Fluctuations in our provision for income taxes as a percentage of pretax earnings (“effective tax rate”) are due to changes in international and U.S. state effective tax rates resulting from our business mix and discrete items.
During the three months ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , the effective tax rate was 34.0 percent and 37.3 percent , respectively.
During the six months ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , the effective tax rate was 35.6 percent and 34.7 percent , respectively.
At December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2016 , we had $403 million and $527 million of unrecognized tax benefits, respectively. The December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2016 , balances include $263 million and $355 million of unrecognized tax benefits, respectively, that if recognized, would have an impact on the effective tax rate.
At December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2016 , we had $112 million and $145 million , respectively, accrued for the payment of interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits, which we recognize in the provision for income taxes in the condensed consolidated


 
Cardinal Health |  Q2   Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q
22



Notes to Financial Statements
 
 

statements of earnings. These balances are gross amounts before any tax benefits and are included in deferred income taxes and other liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheets.
It is reasonably possible that there could be a change in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months due to activities of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") or other taxing authorities, possible settlement of audit issues, reassessment of existing unrecognized tax benefits or the expiration of statutes of limitations. We estimate that the range of the possible change in unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months is between zero and a net decrease of $60 million , exclusive of penalties and interest.
We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, various U.S. state jurisdictions, and various foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, we are subject to audit by taxing authorities for fiscal years 2008 through the current fiscal year.
During the three months ended December 31, 2016 , the IRS closed audits of fiscal years 2006 and 2007, which is reflected in our condensed consolidated financial statements and in our evaluation of uncertain tax positions. The result of the settlement had an immaterial impact to our provision for income taxes. The IRS is currently conducting audits of fiscal years 2008 through 2014.
We are a party to a tax matters agreement with CareFusion Corporation ("CareFusion"), which has been acquired by Becton, Dickinson and Company. Under the tax matters agreement, CareFusion is obligated to indemnify us for certain tax exposures and transaction taxes prior to our fiscal 2010 spin-off of CareFusion. The indemnification receivable was $138 million and $172 million at December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2016 , respectively, and is included in other assets in the condensed consolidated balance sheets.
7. Commitments, Contingent Liabilities and Litigation
Commitments
Generic Sourcing Venture with CVS Health Corporation ("CVS Health")
In July 2014 , we established Red Oak Sourcing, LLC ("Red Oak Sourcing"), a U.S.-based generic pharmaceutical sourcing venture with CVS Health for an initial term of 10 years . Red Oak Sourcing negotiates generic pharmaceutical supply contracts on behalf of both companies. Due to the achievement of predetermined milestones, we are required to make quarterly payments of $45.6 million to CVS Health for the remainder of the initial term.
Legal Proceedings
We become involved from time to time in disputes, litigation, and regulatory matters.
We may be named from time to time in qui tam actions, which are initiated by private third parties purporting to act on behalf of federal or state governments and which allege that false claims have been submitted or have been caused to be submitted for payment by the government. After a private party has filed a qui tam action, the government must investigate the private party's claim and determine whether to intervene in and take control over the litigation. These actions may remain under seal while the government makes this determination. If the government declines to intervene, the private party may nonetheless continue to pursue the litigation on his or her own on behalf of the government.
 
From time to time, we become aware through employees or other parties of possible compliance matters that we investigate internally, such as complaints or concerns relating to accounting, internal accounting controls, financial reporting, auditing, or other ethical matters or relating to compliance with laws such as healthcare fraud and abuse, anti-corruption, or anti-bribery laws. In addition, from time to time, we receive subpoenas or requests for information from various government agencies relating to our business or to the business of a customer, supplier, or other industry participant. While we do not believe that the outcomes of any current internal investigation or third-party subpoena or request for information will be material to our financial statements, they could lead to the assertion of claims or the commencement of legal proceedings against us or result in sanctions.
From time to time, we may determine that products we manufacture or market do not meet our specifications, regulatory requirements, or published standards. When we or a regulatory agency identify a quality or regulatory issue, we investigate and take appropriate corrective action. Such actions can lead to product recalls, costs to repair or replace affected products, temporary interruptions in product sales, action by regulators, and product liability claims and lawsuits, including class actions.
We accrue for contingencies related to disputes, litigation, and regulatory matters if it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Because these matters are inherently unpredictable and unfavorable developments or resolutions can occur, assessing contingencies is highly subjective and requires judgments about future events. We regularly review contingencies to determine whether our accruals and related disclosures are adequate. The amount of ultimate loss may differ from these estimates.
We recognize income from the favorable outcome of litigation when we receive the associated cash or assets.
Except as otherwise stated below, we recognize estimated loss contingencies for litigation and regulatory matters and income from favorable resolution of litigation in litigation (recoveries)/charges, net in our condensed consolidated statements of earnings.
DEA Investigation and Related Matters
In February 2012, the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration (the "DEA") issued an order to show cause and immediate suspension of our Lakeland, Florida distribution center's registration to distribute controlled substances, asserting that we failed to maintain required controls against the diversion of controlled substances. In May 2012, we entered into a settlement agreement with the DEA that resolved the administrative aspects of the DEA's action but did not resolve potential liability for civil penalties in Florida or elsewhere for the conduct covered by the settlement agreement. In December 2016, we entered into settlement agreements with the Department of Justice (the “DOJ”) that resolved the civil penalties related to this and other controlled substance matters with respect to Cardinal Health, Inc. and to Kinray, LLC, which we acquired in 2010. Under these settlements, we agreed to pay $44 million to the DOJ, and the DOJ, including the DEA and the U.S. Attorneys' Offices for all 94 districts, agreed to take no further administrative or civil action on these matters.


  23
Cardinal Health | Q2   Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q
 


Notes to Financial Statements
 
 

State of West Virginia vs. Cardinal Health, Inc.
In January 2017, we agreed , without admitting liability, to pay $20 million to the State of West Virginia to settle a lawsuit filed against us by the West Virginia Attorney General in June 2012. As previously disclosed, the West Virginia Attorney General had filed complaints in the Circuit Court of Boone County, West Virginia against a number of pharmaceutical wholesale distributors, including us, alleging, among other things, that the distributors had failed to maintain effective controls to guard against diversion of controlled substances in West Virginia, had failed to report suspicious orders of controlled substances in accordance with the West Virginia Uniform Controlled Substances Act, and were negligent in distributing controlled substances to pharmacies that serve individuals who abuse controlled substances. We recorded a $20 million accrual for the matter in the three months ended December 31, 2016 .
Product Liability Lawsuits
As of January 31, 2017, we and our Cordis business have been named as defendants in 41 product liability lawsuits involving claims by approximately 350 plaintiffs that allege personal injuries associated with the use of Cordis OptEase and TrapEase inferior vena cava (IVC) filter products. These lawsuits seek a variety of remedies, including unspecified monetary damages. We are vigorously defending ourselves in these matters.
During the three months ended September 30, 2016, we recorded an accrual, most of which relates to legal defense costs, as an adjustment to pre-acquisition liabilities assumed in the Cordis acquisition. Refer to Note 2 for further information regarding this adjustment. We do not believe that reasonably possible losses in excess of this accrued amount will be material to our financial statements.
 
8. Fair Value Measurements
The following tables present the fair values for assets and (liabilities) measured on a recurring basis at:
 
December 31, 2016
(in millions)
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash equivalents
$
52

 
$

 
$

 
$
52

Forward contracts (1)

 
11

 

 
11

Available-for-sale securities (2)

 
201

 

 
201

Other investments (3)
112

 

 

 
112

Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contingent Consideration (4)

 

 
(21
)
 
(21
)
 
June 30, 2016
(in millions)
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash equivalents
$
516

 
$

 
$

 
$
516

Forward contracts (1)

 
19

 

 
19

Available-for-sale securities (2)

 
200

 

 
200

Other investments (3)
103

 

 

 
103

Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contingent Consideration (4)

 

 
(19
)
 
(19
)
(1)
The fair value of interest rate swaps, foreign currency contracts and commodity contracts is determined based on the present value of expected future cash flows considering the risks involved, including non-performance risk, and using discount rates appropriate for the respective maturities. Observable Level 2 inputs are used to determine the present value of expected future cash flows. The fair value of these derivative contracts, which are subject to master netting arrangements under certain circumstances, is presented on a gross basis in the condensed consolidated balance sheets.
(2)
We invest in marketable securities, which are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. Observable Level 2 inputs such as quoted prices for similar securities, interest rate spreads, yield curves and credit risk are used to determine the fair value. See Note 5 for additional information regarding available-for-sale securities.
(3)
The other investments balance includes investments in mutual funds, which are used to offset fluctuations in deferred compensation liabilities. These mutual funds primarily invest in the equity securities of companies with large market capitalization and high quality fixed income debt securities. The fair value of these investments is determined using quoted market prices.
(4)
Contingent consideration represents the obligations incurred in connection with acquisitions. We do not deem the fair value of the contingent consideration obligations under any single acquisition to be significant. The estimate of fair value of the contingent consideration obligations requires subjective assumptions to be made regarding future business results, discount rates, discount periods, and probabilities assigned to various potential business result scenarios and was determined using probability assessments with respect to the likelihood of reaching various targets or of achieving certain milestones. The fair value measurement is based on significant inputs unobservable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 measurement. Changes in current expectations of progress could change the probability of achieving the targets within the measurement periods and result in an increase or decrease in the fair value of the contingent consideration obligation.


 
Cardinal Health |  Q2   Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q
24



Notes to Financial Statements
 
 

The following table presents those liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using unobservable inputs (Level 3):
(in millions)
Contingent Consideration Obligation
Balance at June 30, 2016
$
19

Additions from acquisitions
2

Changes in fair value of contingent consideration (1)

Balance at December 31, 2016
$
21

(1)
Amount is included in amortization and other acquisition-related costs in the condensed consolidated statements of earnings.
9. Financial Instruments
We utilize derivative financial instruments to manage exposure to certain risks related to our ongoing operations. The primary risks managed through the use of derivative instruments include interest rate risk, currency exchange risk, and commodity price risk. We do not use derivative instruments for trading or speculative purposes. While the majority of our derivative instruments are designated as hedging instruments, we also enter into derivative instruments that are designed to hedge a risk, but are not designated as hedging instruments. These derivative instruments are adjusted to fair value through earnings at the end of each period. Our derivative and hedging programs are consistent with those described in the 2016 Form 10-K. The amount of ineffectiveness associated with these derivative instruments was immaterial for the three and six months ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 .
During the six months ended December 31, 2016 , we entered into forward interest rate swaps with a total notional amount of $200 million to hedge probable, but not firmly committed, future transactions associated with our debt.
During the three months ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , we entered into pay-floating interest rate swaps with a total notional amounts of $100 million and $300 million , respectively. These swaps have been designated as fair value hedges of our fixed rate debt and are included in other assets in the condensed consolidated balance sheet.
During the six months ended December 31, 2016 , we terminated notional amounts of $200 million of pay-floating interest rate swaps. We received net settlement proceeds of $ 14 million related to the pay-floating interest rate swaps terminated during the six months ended December 31, 2016 and the pay-floating interest rate swaps terminated in fiscal 2016, as previously disclosed in our 2016 Form 10-K. These swaps were previously designated as fair value hedges. There was no immediate impact to the condensed consolidated statements of earnings; however, the fair value adjustment to debt is being amortized over the life of the underlying debt as a reduction to interest expense, net in the condensed consolidated statements of earnings.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying amounts of cash and equivalents, trade receivables, accounts payable, and other accrued liabilities at December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2016 approximate fair value due to their short-term maturities.
The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of our long-term obligations and other short-term borrowings compared to the respective carrying amounts at:
(in millions)
December 31, 2016
 
June 30, 2016
Estimated fair value
$
5,611

 
$
5,780

Carrying amount
5,462

 
5,539

The fair value of our long-term obligations and other short-term borrowings is estimated based on either the quoted market prices for the same or similar issues or other inputs derived from available market information, which represents a Level 2 measurement.
10. Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests
Redeemable noncontrolling interest represents the third parties' share of the net assets of naviHealth. The third-party noncontrolling interest holders hold an option that allows them to sell their noncontrolling interests to us at any time after the two-year anniversary of the closing, or earlier if a trigger event occurs. The terms of the agreement also provide us with the option to acquire any remaining noncontrolling interests at any time after the two-year anniversary of the closing, which is August 26, 2017. Our ownership interest in naviHealth was 82 percent at December 31, 2016 .
The reconciliation of the changes in redeemable noncontrolling interests are as follows:
(in millions)
Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest
Balance at June 30, 2016
$
117

Net earnings attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests
1

Net purchase of redeemable noncontrolling interests
(3
)
Balance at December 31, 2016
$
115

 
11. Shareholders' Equity
During the six months ended December 31, 2016 , we repurchased 8.1 million common shares having an aggregate cost of $600 million . The average price paid per common share was $74.08 . We funded the repurchases with available cash. During the six months ended December 31, 2015 , we did not repurchase any common shares.
During the three months ended December 31, 2016 , we retired 37 million common shares in treasury. The retirement of these shares had no impact on total shareholders' equity; however, it did impact certain individual components of shareholders' equity as follows: $2.5 billion decrease in common shares in treasury, $302 million decrease in common shares, and $2.2 billion decrease in retained earnings.




  25
Cardinal Health | Q2   Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q
 


Notes to Financial Statements
 
 


Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
The following table summarizes the changes in the balance of accumulated other comprehensive loss by component and in total:
(in millions)
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
 
Unrealized
Gain/(Loss) on
Derivatives,
net of tax
 
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Loss
Balance at June 30, 2016
$
(123
)
 
$
7

 
$
(116
)
Other comprehensive income/(loss), before reclassifications
(80
)
 
24

 
(56
)
Amounts reclassified to earnings

 
2

 
2

Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax
(80
)
 
26

 
(54
)
Balance at December 31, 2016
$
(203
)
 
$
33

 
$
(170
)
Activity related to realized and unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, as described in Note 5 , was immaterial during the six months ended December 31, 2016 .
12. Earnings Per Share Attributable to Cardinal Health, Inc.
The following table reconciles the number of common shares used to compute basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to Cardinal Health, Inc.:
 
Three Months Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2016
 
2015
Weighted-average common shares–basic
318

 
329

Effect of dilutive securities:
 
 
 
Employee stock options, restricted share units, and performance share units
1

 
3

Weighted-average common shares–diluted
319

 
332

 
 
Six Months Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2016
 
2015
Weighted-average common shares–basic
319

 
329

Effect of dilutive securities:
 
 
 
Employee stock options, restricted share units, and performance share units
2

 
3

Weighted-average common shares–diluted
321

 
332

The potentially dilutive employee stock options, restricted share units, and performance share units that were antidilutive were 4 million and 2 million for the three months ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively, and 3 million and 2 million for the six months ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively.
13. Segment Information
Our operations are principally managed on a products and services basis and are comprised of two operating segments, which are the same as our reportable segments: Pharmaceutical and Medical. The factors for determining the reportable segments include the manner in which management evaluates performance for purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance combined with the nature of the individual business activities.
The following table presents revenue for each reportable segment and Corporate:
 
Three Months Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2016
 
2015
Pharmaceutical
$
29,743

 
$
28,287

Medical
3,410

 
3,162

Total segment revenue
33,153

 
31,449

Corporate (1)
(3
)
 
(4
)
Total revenue
$
33,150

 
$
31,445

 
Six Months Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2016
 
2015
Pharmaceutical
$
58,505

 
$
53,427

Medical
6,690

 
6,081

Total segment revenue
65,195

 
59,508

Corporate (1)
(6
)
 
(9
)
Total revenue
$
65,189

 
$
59,499

(1)
Corporate revenue consists of the elimination of inter-segment revenue and other revenue not allocated to the segments.
We evaluate segment performance based on segment profit, among other measures. Segment profit is segment revenue, less segment cost of products sold, less segment distribution, selling, general and administrative ("SG&A") expenses. Segment SG&A expenses include share-based compensation expense as well as allocated corporate expenses for shared functions, including corporate management, corporate finance, financial and customer care shared services, human resources, information technology, and legal and compliance. The results attributable to noncontrolling interests are recorded within segment profit. Corporate expenses are allocated to


 
Cardinal Health |  Q2   Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q
26



Notes to Financial Statements
 
 



the segments based on headcount, level of benefit provided and other ratable allocation methodologies.
We do not allocate the following items to our segments: LIFO inventory charges/(credits); restructuring and employee severance; amortization and other acquisition-related costs; impairments and (gain)/loss on disposal of assets; litigation (recoveries)/charges, net; other income, net; interest expense, net; loss on extinguishment of debt; and provision for income taxes.
In addition, certain investment spending, certain portions of enterprise-wide incentive compensation, and other spending are not allocated to the segments. Investment spending generally includes the first-year spend for certain projects that require incremental investments in the form of additional operating expenses. We encourage our segments and corporate functions to identify investment projects that will promote innovation and provide future returns. As approval decisions for such projects are dependent upon executive management, the expenses for such projects are often retained at Corporate. Investment spending within Corporate was $1 million and $5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively, and $2 million and $11 million for the six months ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively.
The following table presents segment profit by reportable segment and Corporate:
 
Three Months Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2016
 
2015
Pharmaceutical
$
537

 
$
627

Medical
159

 
106

Total segment profit
696

 
733

Corporate
(154
)
 
(170
)
Total operating earnings
$
542

 
$
563

 
Six Months Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2016
 
2015
Pharmaceutical
$
1,071

 
$
1,285

Medical
286

 
207

Total segment profit
1,357

 
1,492

Corporate
(281
)
 
(309
)
Total operating earnings
$
1,076

 
$
1,183


The following table presents total assets for each reportable segment and Corporate at:
(in millions)
December 31,
2016
 
June 30,
2016
Pharmaceutical
$
21,874

 
$
20,662

Medical
10,600

 
10,236

Corporate
2,547

 
3,224

Total assets
$
35,021

 
$
34,122


 
14. Share-Based Compensation
We maintain stock incentive plans (collectively, the “Plans”) for the benefit of certain of our officers, directors and employees.
The following table provides total share-based compensation expense by type of award:
 
Three Months Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2016
 
2015
Restricted share unit expense
$
17

 
$
17

Employee stock option expense
5

 
5

Performance share unit expense
2

 
4

Total share-based compensation
$
24

 
$
26

 
Six Months Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2016
 
2015
Restricted share unit expense
$
34

 
$
35

Employee stock option expense
10

 
10

Performance share unit expense
3

 
11

Total share-based compensation
$
47

 
$
56

The total tax benefit related to share-based compensation was $8 million and $9 million for the three months ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , and $16 million and $19 million for the six months ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively.
Restricted Share Units
Restricted share units granted under the Plans generally vest in equal annual installments over three years . Restricted share units accrue cash dividend equivalents that are payable upon vesting of the awards.
The following table summarizes all transactions related to restricted share units under the Plans:
(in millions, except per share amounts)
Restricted Share Units
 
Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value per Share
Nonvested at June 30, 2016
2

 
$
71.73

Granted
1

 
82.46

Vested
(1
)
 
68.73

Canceled and forfeited

 

Nonvested at December 31, 2016
2

 
$
76.20

At December 31, 2016 , the total pre-tax compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to nonvested restricted share units not yet recognized was $108 million , which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of two years .
Stock Options
Employee stock options granted under the Plans generally vest in equal annual installments over three years and are exercisable for periods ranging from seven to ten years from the grant date. All stock options are exercisable at a price equal to the market value of the common shares underlying the option on the grant date.


  27
Cardinal Health | Q2   Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q
 


Notes to Financial Statements
 
 


The following table summarizes all stock option transactions under the Plans:
(in millions, except per share amounts)
Stock
Options
 
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price per
Common Share
Outstanding at June 30, 2016
7

 
$
54.09

Granted
1

 
83.11

Exercised
(1
)
 
36.90

Canceled and forfeited

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2016
7

 
$
61.30

Exercisable at December 31, 2016
5

 
$
50.75

At December 31, 2016 , the total pre-tax compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to nonvested stock options not yet recognized was $31 million , which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of two years . The following tables provide additional detail related to stock options:
(in millions)
December 31, 2016
 
June 30, 2016
Aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding options at period end
$
108

 
$
181

Aggregate intrinsic value of exercisable options at period end
108

 
161

(in years)
December 31, 2016
 
June 30, 2016
Weighted-average remaining contractual life of outstanding options
7
 
6
Weighted-average remaining contractual life of exercisable options
6
 
5
Performance Share Units
Performance share units vest over a three -year performance period
 
based on achievement of specific performance goals. Based on the extent to which the targets are achieved, vested shares may range from zero to 200 percent of the target award amount. Performance share units accrue cash dividend equivalents that are payable upon vesting of the awards.
The following table summarizes all transactions related to performance share units under the Plans (based on target award amounts):
(in millions, except per share amounts)
Performance
Share Units
 
Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value per Share
Nonvested at June 30, 2016
0.8

 
$
63.96

Granted
0.2

 
83.19

Vested (1)
(0.4
)
 
51.49

Canceled and forfeited

 

Nonvested at December 31, 2016
0.6

 
$
77.72

(1) Vested based on achievement of 139 percent of the target performance goal.
At December 31, 2016 , the total pre-tax compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to nonvested performance share units not yet recognized was $18 million , which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of two years .


 
Cardinal Health |  Q2   Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q
28



Exhibits
 
 

Exhibits
Exhibit
Number
Exhibit Description
3.1
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Cardinal Health, Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Cardinal Health’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008, File No. 1-11373)
3.2
Cardinal Health, Inc. Restated Code of Regulations (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Cardinal Health’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 30, 2016, File No. 1-11373)
10.1
First Amendment to the Cardinal Health Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2016
10.2
Second Amendment to Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, effective as of December 1, 2016, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and The Bank of New York
10.3
Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, effective as of December 1, 2016
10.4
Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Goldman Sachs & Co., effective as of December 1, 2016
10.5
Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, effective as of December 1, 2016
10.6
Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement between Cardinal Health, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, effective as of December 1, 2016
10.7
Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement between Cardinal Health, Inc. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., effective as of December 1, 2016
12.1
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
31.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
99.1
Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information
101.INS
XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF
XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
Cardinal Health Website
Cardinal Health uses its website as a channel of distribution for material company information. Important information, including news releases, financial information, earnings and analyst presentations, and information about upcoming presentations and events is routinely posted and accessible at ir.cardinalhealth.com. In addition, the website allows investors and other interested persons to sign up automatically to receive e-mail alerts when the company posts news releases, SEC filings and certain other information on its website.

  29
Cardinal Health | Q2   Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q
 


Form 10-Q Cross Reference Index
 
 



Form 10-Q Cross Reference Index
Item Number
 
Page
 
 
 
 
Part I. Financial Information
 
Item 1
Item 2
Item 3
Item 4
 
 
 
 
Part II. Other Information
 
Item 1
Item 1A
Item 2
Item 3
Defaults Upon Senior Securities
N/A
Item 4
Mine Safety Disclosures
N/A
Item 5
Other Information
N/A
Item 6
 
N/A
Not applicable
 



 
Cardinal Health |  Q2   Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q
30



Additional Information
 
 

Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
Cardinal Health, Inc.
 
 
 
Date:
February 7, 2017
/s/    GEORGE S. BARRETT
 
 
George S. Barrett
 
 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
/s/    MICHAEL C. KAUFMANN
 
 
Michael C. Kaufmann
 
 
Chief Financial Officer


  31
Cardinal Health | Q2   Fiscal 2017 Form 10-Q
 
Exhibit 10.1

Cardinal Health
Deferred Compensation Plan
Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2016

First Amendment

Background Information

A.
Cardinal Health, Inc. (“Cardinal Health”) established and maintains the Cardinal Health Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) for the benefit of participants and their beneficiaries.

B.
The Benefits Policy Committee of Cardinal Health (the “Committee”) has been delegated authority to amend the Plan.

C.
The Committee desires to amend the Plan in order to clarify that a participant’s deemed investment in common shares of Cardinal Health does not create with respect to the participant any ownership or voting rights in such shares.

D.
The Committee further desires to amend the Plan to make certain clarifications to reflect the Plan’s operation.

E.
Section 7.1 of the Plan permits the amendment of the Plan at any time.

Amendment of the Plan

The Plan is hereby amended as follows, effective immediately:

1.
Section 2.2 of the Plan, “ Specific Conditions for Active Participation ” is hereby amended to replace the term “Social Security Matching Credit” with the phrase “Social Security Supplement Credit (as defined in Section 3.3 herein)” the first time it is used therein, and to replace the term “Social Security Matching Credit” with the term “Social Security Supplement Credit” each other time it is used therein.

2.
The first paragraph of Section 3.5 of the Plan, “ Special Rules Applicable to Investments in Shares ” is hereby amended to add the following sentence to the end thereof:

“For the avoidance of doubt, a Participant’s election to have any portion of his Account deemed invested in Shares shall not create with respect to such Participant any ownership or voting rights in such Shares.”

3.
Section 5.2 of the Plan, “ Distribution upon Retirement or Other Separation from Service; Form of Payment ” is hereby amended to delete the second to last sentence therein.

4.
Section 5.8 of the Plan, “ Acceleration of Payment ” is hereby amended to add a new subsection (f) to the end thereof to read as follows:

“(f)      Other Accelerations . The Company may in its discretion accelerate any payment due under the Plan to the extent permitted by Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder.”





5.
All other terms and provisions of the Plan shall remain unchanged.

 
CARDINAL HEALTH, INC.
 
By:
/s/ Kendell F. Sherrer
 
Its:
VP, Benefits
 
Date:
12-19-16



Exhibit 10.2


SECOND AMENDMENT TO ISSUING AND PAYING AGENCY AGREEMENT


The Bank of New York, as Issuing and Paying Agent
101 Barclay Street, Floor 8 West
New York, New York 10286

Attn: Corporate Trust Administration

Re: Cardinal Health, Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter (the “Second Amendment”) sets forth the understanding between you and Cardinal Health, Inc. (the “Company”), whereby we have agreed to amend that certain Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement by and between you and the Company dated August 9, 2006 and amended February 28, 2007 (the “Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement”) in order to increase to $1,750,000,000 the limit as to the aggregate principal amount of commercial paper notes which may be outstanding at any given time pursuant to such agreement.

1.      Defined Terms . Unless the context as used herein requires otherwise, capitalized terms used but not defined in this Second Amendment shall have the meaning given to them in the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

2.      Amendment . Paragraph 4(a)(i) of the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and restated as follows:

(i)      date each such Certificated CP Note the date of issuance thereof (which shall be a Business Day) and insert the maturity date thereof (provided that the Authorized Representative or Dealer Representative shall ensure that such date is a Business Day and that it shall not be more than 364 days from the date of issue and that the aggregate principal amount of CP Notes outstanding shall not exceed $1,750,000,000) and the face amount (provided that the Authorized Representative or the Dealer Representative shall ensure that such face amount is not less than $250,000) thereof in figures;

3.      No Other Modifications . Except as expressly provided in this Second Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

4.      Binding Effect . This Second Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

5.      Governing Law . This Second Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

6.      Conflict . In the event of any inconsistency or conflict between this Second Amendment and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, the terms, provisions and conditions of this Second Amendment shall govern and control.





7.      Counterparts . This Second Amendment may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.


(Signatures on following page.)




If the foregoing is acceptable to you, please indicate your agreement therewith by signing one or more counterparts of this Second Amendment in the space provided below, and returning such signed counterpart(s) to the Company, whereupon this letter when signed by you and the Company, will become a binding agreement between us.
 
CARDINAL HEALTH, INC.
 
By:
/s/ Sam Samad
 
Name:
Sam Samad

Agreed to and Accepted
This 23 rd day of November, 2016

The Bank of New York, as Issuing and Paying Agent

By:
/s/ Mary Miselis
Name:
Mary Miselis






















Exhibit 10.3




Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement
4(a)(2) Program
    
Between:
Cardinal Health, Inc ., as Issuer
and
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated , as Dealer
Concerning Notes to be issued pursuant to an
Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement dated as of August 9, 2006,
as amended February 28, 2007 and November 22, 2016
between the Issuer and
The Bank of New York, as Issuing
and Paying Agent
Dated as of
November 22, 2016



Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement
4(a)(2) Program
This agreement (the “Agreement”) sets forth the understandings between the Issuer and the Dealer, each named on the cover page hereof, in connection with the issuance and sale by the Issuer of its short-term promissory notes (the “Notes”) through the Dealer.
Certain terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 6 hereof.

The Addendum to this Agreement, and any Annexes or Exhibits described in this Agreement or such Addendum, are hereby incorporated into this Agreement and made fully a part hereof.

1.
Offers, Sales and Resales of Notes.

1.1
While (i) the Issuer has and shall have no obligation to sell the Notes to the Dealer or to permit the Dealer to arrange any sale of the Notes for the account of the Issuer, and (ii) the Dealer has and shall have no obligation to purchase the Notes from the Issuer or to arrange any sale of the Notes for the account of the Issuer, the parties hereto agree that in any case where the Dealer purchases Notes from the Issuer, or arranges for the sale of Notes by the Issuer, such Notes will be purchased or sold by the Dealer in reliance on the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the Issuer contained herein or made pursuant hereto and on the terms and conditions and in the manner provided herein,

1.2
So long as this Agreement shall remain in effect, and in addition to the limitations contained in Section 1.7 hereof, the Issuer shall not, without the consent of the Dealer, offer, solicit or accept offers to purchase, or sell, any Notes except (a) in transactions with one or more dealers which may from time to time after the date hereof become dealers with respect to the Notes by executing with the Issuer one or more agreements which contain provisions substantially identical to those contained in Section 1 of this Agreement, of which the Issuer hereby undertakes to provide the Dealer prompt notice or (b) in transactions with the other dealers listed on the Addendum hereto, which are executing agreements with the Issuer which contain provisions substantially identical to Section 1 of this Agreement contemporaneously herewith. In no event shall the Issuer offer, solicit or accept offers to purchase, or sell, any Notes directly on its own behalf in transactions with persons other than the Dealer or other broker-dealers as specifically permitted in this Section 1.2.

1.3
The Notes shall be in a minimum denomination of $250,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, will bear such interest rates, if interest bearing, or will be sold at such discount from their face amounts, as shall be agreed upon by the Dealer and the Issuer, shall have a maturity not exceeding 364 days from the date of issuance and may have such terms as are specified in Exhibit C hereto or the Private Placement Memorandum. The Notes shall not contain any provision for extension, renewal or automatic “rollover.”

1.4
The authentication and issuance of, and payment for, the Notes shall be effected in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, and the Notes shall be either individual physical certificates or book-entry notes evidenced by one or more master notes (each, a “Master Note”) registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company



(“DTC”) or its nominee, in the form or forms annexed to the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

1.5
If the Issuer and the Dealer shall agree on the terms of the purchase of any Note by the Dealer or the sale of any Note arranged by the Dealer (including, but not limited to, agreement with respect to the date of issue, purchase price, principal amount, maturity and interest rate or interest rate index and margin (in the case of interest-bearing Notes) or discount thereof (in the case of Notes issued on a discount basis), and appropriate compensation for the Dealer’s services hereunder) pursuant to this Agreement, the Issuer shall cause such Note to be issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement and payment for such Note shall be made by the purchaser thereof, either directly or through the Dealer, to the Issuing and Paying Agent, for the account of the Issuer. Except as otherwise agreed, in the event that the Dealer is acting as an agent and a purchaser shall either fail to accept delivery of or make payment for a Note on the date fixed for settlement, the Dealer shall promptly notify the Issuer, and if the Dealer has theretofore paid the Issuer for the Note, the Issuer will promptly return such funds to the Dealer against its return of the Note to the Issuer, in the case of a certificated Note, and upon notice of such failure in the case of a book-entry Note. If such failure occurred for any reason other than default by the Dealer, the Issuer shall reimburse the Dealer on an equitable basis for the Dealer’s loss of the use of such funds for the period such funds were credited to the Issuer’s account,

1.6
The Dealer and the Issuer hereby establish and agree to observe the following procedures in connection with offers, sales and subsequent resales or other transfers of the Notes:

(a)
Offers and sales of the Notes by or through the Dealer shall be made only to: (i) investors reasonably believed by the Dealer to be Qualified Institutional Buyers or Institutional Accredited Investors and (ii) non-bank fiduciaries or agents that will be purchasing Notes for one or more accounts, each of which is reasonably believed by the Dealer to be an Institutional Accredited Investor.

(b)
Resales and other transfers of the Notes by the holders thereof shall be made only in accordance with the restrictions in the legend described in clause (e) below.

(c)
No general solicitation or general advertising shall be used in connection with the offering of the Notes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, without the prior written approval of the Dealer, the Issuer shall not issue any press release, make any other statement to any member of the press making reference to the Notes, the offer or sale of the Notes, or this Agreement or place or publish any “tombstone” or other advertisement relating to the Notes, or the offer or sale of the Notes. To the extent permitted by applicable securities laws, the Issuer shall (i) omit the names of the Dealer from any publicly available filing by the Issuer that makes reference to the offer or sale of the Notes or this Agreement, (ii) not include a copy of this Agreement in any such filing or as an exhibit thereto, and (iii) redact the Dealer’s name and any contact or other information that could identify the Dealer from any agreement or other information included in such filing. No sale of Notes to any one purchaser shall be for less than $250,000 principal or face amount, and no Note shall be issued in a smaller principal or face amount. If the purchaser is a non-bank fiduciary acting on behalf of others, each person for whom



such purchaser is acting must purchase at least $250,000 principal or face amount of Notes.

(d)
Offers and sales of the Notes by the Issuer through the Dealer acting as agent for the Issuer shall be made in accordance with Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act and shall be subject to the restrictions described in the legend appearing on Exhibit A hereto. A legend substantially to the effect of such Exhibit A shall appear as part of the Private Placement Memorandum used in connection with offers and sales of Notes hereunder, as well as on each individual certificate representing a Note and each Master Note representing book-entry Notes offered and sold pursuant to this Agreement.
(e)
The Dealer shall furnish or make available or shall have furnished or made available to each purchaser of Notes for which it has acted as the Dealer a copy of the then-current Private Placement Memorandum unless such purchaser has previously received or had made available to it a copy of the Private Placement Memorandum as then in effect. The Private Placement Memorandum shall expressly state that any person to whom Notes are offered shall have an opportunity to ask questions of and receive information from, the Issuer and the Dealer and shall provide the names, addresses and telephone numbers of the persons from whom information regarding the Issuer may be obtained.

(f)
The Issuer agrees, for the benefit of the Dealer and each of the holders and prospective purchasers from time to time of the Notes that, if at any time the Issuer shall not be subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Issuer will furnish, upon request and at its expense, to the Dealer and to holders and prospective purchasers of Notes information required by Rule 144A(d)(4)(i) in compliance with Rule 144A(d).

(g)
In the event that any Note offered or to be offered by the Dealer would be ineligible for resale under Rule 144A, the Issuer shall immediately notify the Dealer (by telephone, confirmed in writing) of such fact and shall promptly prepare and deliver to the Dealer an amendment or supplement to the Private Placement Memorandum describing the Notes that are ineligible, the reason for such ineligibility and any other relevant information relating thereto.

(h)
The Issuer represents that it is not currently issuing commercial paper in the United States market in reliance upon the exemption provided by Section 3(a)(3) of the Securities Act. The Issuer agrees that, if it shall issue commercial paper after the date hereof in reliance upon such exemption (a) the proceeds from the sale of the Notes will be segregated from the proceeds of the sale of any such commercial paper by being placed in a separate account; (b) the Issuer will institute appropriate corporate procedures to ensure that the offers and sales of notes issued by the Issuer pursuant to the Section 3(a)(3) exemption are not integrated with offerings and sales of Notes hereunder; and (c) the Issuer will comply with each of the requirements of Section 3(a)(3) of the Securities Act in selling commercial paper or other short-term debt securities other than the Notes in the United States.




1.7
The Issuer hereby represents and warrants to the Dealer, in connection with offers, sales and resales of Notes, as follows:

(a)
The Issuer hereby confirms to the Dealer that (except as permitted by Section 1.6(i)) within the preceding six months neither the Issuer nor any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof acting on behalf of the Issuer has offered or sold any Notes, or any substantially similar security of the Issuer (including, without limitation, medium-term notes issued by the Issuer), to, or solicited offers to buy any such security from, any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof. The Issuer also agrees that (except as permitted by Section 1.6(i)), as long as the Notes are being offered for sale by the Dealer and the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof as contemplated hereby and until at least six months after the offer of Notes hereunder has been terminated, neither the Issuer nor any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof (except as contemplated by Section 1.2 hereof) will offer the Notes or any substantially similar security of the Issuer for sale to, or solicit offers to buy any such security from, any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof, it being understood that such agreement is made with a view to bringing the offer and sale of the Notes within the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and shall survive any termination of this Agreement. The Issuer hereby represents and warrants that it has not taken or omitted to take, and will not take or omit to take, any action that would cause the offering and sale of Notes hereunder to be integrated with any other offering of securities, whether such offering is made by the Issuer or some other party or parties.

(b)
The Issuer represents and agrees that the proceeds of the sale of the Notes are not currently contemplated to be used for the purpose of buying, carrying or trading securities within the meaning of Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. In the event that the Issuer determines to use such proceeds for the purpose of buying, carrying or trading securities, whether in connection with an acquisition of another company or otherwise, the Issuer shall give the Dealer at least five business days’ prior written notice to that effect. The Issuer shall also give the Dealer prompt notice of the actual date that it commences to purchase securities with the proceeds of the Notes. Thereafter, in the event that the Dealer purchases Notes as principal and does not resell such Notes on the day of such purchase, to the extent necessary to comply with Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder, the Dealer will sell such Notes either (i) only to offerees it reasonably believes to be Qualified Institutional Buyers or to Qualified Institutional Buyers it reasonably believes are acting for other Qualified Institutional Buyers, in each case in accordance with Rule 144A or (ii) in a manner which would not cause a violation of Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder.

2.
Representations and Warranties of Issuer.
The Issuer represents and warrants that:




2.1
The Issuer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation and has all the requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Notes, this Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

2.2
This Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuer and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

2.3
The Notes have been duly authorized, and when issued as provided in the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, will be duly and validly issued and will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

2.4
The offer and sale of the Notes in the manner contemplated hereby do not require registration of the Notes under the Securities Act, pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) thereof, and no indenture in respect of the Notes is required to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

2.5
The Notes will rank at least pari passu with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Issuer.

2.6
No consent or action of or filing or registration with, any governmental or public regulatory body or authority, including the SEC, is required to authorize, or is otherwise required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of, this Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, except as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Notes.

2.7
Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, nor the issuance of the Notes in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, nor the fulfillment of or compliance with the terms and provisions hereof or thereof by the Issuer, will (i) result in the creation or imposition of any mortgage, lien, charge or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever upon any of the properties or assets of the Issuer, or (ii) violate or result in a breach or a default under any of the terms of the Issuer’s charter documents or by-laws, any contract or instrument to which the Issuer is a party or by which it or its property is bound, or any law or regulation, or any order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or government instrumentality, to which the Issuer is subject or by which it or its property is bound, which breach or default is reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operations or business prospects of the Issuer or the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.




2.8
Except as disclosed in the Private Placement Memorandum, there is no litigation or governmental proceeding pending, or to the knowledge of the Issuer threatened, against or affecting the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change in the financial condition, operations or business prospects of the Issuer or the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

2.9
The Issuer is not an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

2.10
Neither the Private Placement Memorandum nor the Company Information contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
2.11
The Issuer has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to promote compliance by the Issuer, its subsidiaries and its respective directors, officers and employees with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, and the Issuer, its subsidiaries and to the knowledge of the Issuer, their respective employees, officers, directors and agents (in their capacity as such) that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the commercial paper program established hereby, is in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects and are not engaged in any activity that would reasonably be expected to result in the Issuer being designated as a Sanctioned Person. None of the Issuer or any subsidiary is a Sanctioned Person.

2.12
Each (a) issuance of Notes by the Issuer hereunder and (b) amendment or supplement of the Private Placement Memorandum shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Issuer to the Dealer, as of the date thereof, that, both before and after giving effect to such issuance and after giving effect to such amendment or supplement, (i) the representations and warranties given by the Issuer set forth in this Section 2 remain true and correct on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date, (ii) in the case of an issuance of Notes, the Notes being issued on such date have been duly and validly issued and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (iii) in the case of an issuance of Notes, since the date of the most recent Private Placement Memorandum, there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition, operations or business prospects of the Issuer which has not been disclosed to the Dealer in writing, and (iv) the Issuer is not in default of any of its obligations hereunder or under the Notes, or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

3.
Covenants and Agreements of Issuer.
The Issuer covenants and agrees that:

3.1
The Issuer will give the Dealer prompt notice (but in any event prior to any subsequent issuance of Notes hereunder) of any amendment to, modification of or waiver with respect



to, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, including a complete copy of any such amendment, modification or waiver.

3.2
The Issuer shall, whenever there shall occur any change in the Issuer’s condition (financial or otherwise), operations or business prospects or any development or occurrence in relation to the Issuer that would be material to holders of the Notes or potential holders of the Notes (including any downgrading or receipt of any written notice of intended or potential downgrading or receipt of any written notice of review for potential change in the rating accorded any of the Issuer’s securities by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization which has published a rating of the Notes), promptly, and in any event prior to any subsequent issuance of Notes hereunder, notify the Dealer (by telephone, confirmed in writing) of such change, development or occurrence.

3.3
The Issuer shall from time to time furnish to the Dealer such information as the Dealer may reasonably request, including, without limitation, any press releases or material provided by the Issuer to any national securities exchange, regarding (i) the Issuer’s operations and financial condition, (ii) the due authorization and execution of the Notes and (iii) the Issuer’s ability to pay the Notes as they mature.

3.4
The Issuer will take all such action as the Dealer may reasonably request to ensure that each offer and each sale of the Notes will comply with any applicable state Blue Sky laws; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

3.5
The Issuer will not be in default of any of its obligations hereunder, under the Notes or under the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, at any time that any of the Notes are outstanding.

3.6
The Issuer shall not issue Notes hereunder until the Dealer shall have received (a) an opinion of counsel to the Issuer, addressed to the Dealer, satisfactory in form and substance to the Dealer, (b) a copy of the executed Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement as then in effect, (c) a copy of resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the issuer, satisfactory in form and substance to the Dealer and certified by the Secretary or similar officer of the Issuer, authorizing execution and delivery by the Issuer of this Agreement, the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement and the Notes and consummation by the Issuer of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (d) prior to the issuance of any book-entry Notes represented by a master note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, a copy of the executed Letter of Representations among the issuer, the Issuing and Paying Agent and DTC and of the executed master note, (e) prior to the issuance of any Notes in physical form, a copy of such form (unless attached to this Agreement or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement) and (f) such other certificates, opinions, letters and documents as the Dealer shall have reasonably requested.

3.7
The Issuer shall reimburse the Dealer for all of the Dealer’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses related to this Agreement, including reasonable expenses incurred in connection with its preparation and negotiation, and the transactions contemplated hereby (including, but not limited to, the printing and distribution of the Private Placement Memorandum),



and, if applicable, for the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of the Dealer’s outside counsel.

3.8
Without limiting any obligation of the Issuer pursuant to this Agreement to provide the Dealer with credit and financial information, the Issuer hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Dealer may share the Company Information and any other information or matters relating to the Issuer or the transactions contemplated hereby with affiliates of the Dealer, including, but not limited to, and that such affiliates may likewise share information relating to the Issuer or such transactions with the Dealer.

3.9
The Issuer shall not file a Form D (as referenced in Rule 503 under the Securities Act) at any time in respect of the offer or sale of the Notes.

3.10
The Issuer will not permit the proceeds of the Notes to be used directly or, to the knowledge of the Issuer, indirectly, (i) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws, (ii) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country, except, in each case, to the extent such use is licensed by OFAC and otherwise authorized under applicable law, or (iii) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto.

4.
Disclosure.

4.1
The Private Placement Memorandum and its contents (other than the Dealer Information) shall be the sole responsibility of the Issuer. The Private Placement Memorandum shall contain a statement expressly offering an opportunity for each prospective purchaser to ask questions of and receive answers from, the Issuer concerning the offering of Notes and to obtain relevant additional information which the Issuer possesses or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense.

(a)
The Issuer agrees to promptly furnish the Dealer the Company Information as it becomes available; provided, however, that posting Company Information to EDGAR or on the website of the Issuer shall constitute delivery of such Company Information to the Dealer as required hereunder.

(b)
The Issuer further agrees to notify the Dealer promptly upon the occurrence of any event relating to or affecting the Issuer that would cause the Company Information then in existence to include an untrue statement of a material fact or to omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.

(c)
In the event that the Issuer gives the Dealer notice pursuant to Section 4.2(a) and the Dealer notifies the Issuer that it then has Notes it is holding in inventory, the Issuer agrees promptly to supplement or amend the Private Placement Memorandum so that the Private Placement Memorandum, as amended or supplemented, shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of



the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and the Issuer shall make such supplement or amendment available to the Dealer.

(d)
In the event that (i) the Issuer gives the Dealer notice pursuant to Section 4.2(a), (ii) the Dealer does not notify the Issuer that it is then holding Notes in inventory and (iii) the Issuer chooses not to promptly amend or supplement the Private Placement Memorandum in the manner described in clause (b) above, then all solicitations and sales of Notes shall be suspended until such time as the Issuer has so amended or supplemented the Private Placement Memorandum, and made such amendment or supplement available to the Dealer.

5.
Indemnification and Contribution.

5.1
Unless prohibited by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, the Issuer will indemnify and hold harmless the Dealer, each individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association or other entity controlling the Dealer, any affiliate of the Dealer or any such controlling entity and their respective directors, officers, employees, partners, incorporators, shareholders, servants, trustees and agents (hereinafter the “Indemnitees”) against any and all liabilities, penalties, suits, causes of action, losses, damages, claims, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) or judgments of whatever kind or nature (each a “Claim”), imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against the Indemnitees arising out of or based upon (i) any allegation that the Private Placement Memorandum, the Company Information or any information provided by the Issuer to the Dealer included (as of any relevant time) or includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted (as of any relevant time) or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or (ii) arising out of or based upon the breach by the Issuer of any agreement, covenant or representation made in or pursuant to this Agreement which has a material adverse effect on the Dealer or the holders of the Notes. This indemnification shall not apply to the extent that the Claim arises out of or is based upon Dealer Information or the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Dealer in the performance of, or the failure to perform, its obligations under this Agreement as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

5.2
Provisions relating to claims made for indemnification under this Section 5 are set forth on Exhibit B to this Agreement.

5.3
In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is held to be unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless the Indemnitees, although applicable in accordance with the terms of this Section 5, the Issuer shall contribute to the aggregate costs incurred by the Dealer in connection with any Claim in the proportion of the respective economic interests of the Issuer and the Dealer; provided, however, that such contribution by the Issuer shall be in an amount such that the aggregate costs incurred by the Dealer do not exceed the aggregate of the commissions and fees earned by the Dealer hereunder with respect to the issue or issues of Notes to which such Claim relates. The respective economic interests shall be calculated by reference to the aggregate proceeds to the Issuer of the Notes issued hereunder and the aggregate commissions and fees earned by the Dealer hereunder.




6.
Definitions.

6.1
“Anti-Corruption Laws” shall mean all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.

6.2
“Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

6.3
“Claim” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

6.4
“Company Information” at any given time shall mean the Private Placement Memorandum together with, to the extent applicable, (i) the Issuer’s most recent report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC and each report on Form 10-Q or 8-K filed by the Issuer with the SEC since the most recent Form 10-K, (ii) the Issuer’s most recent annual audited financial statements and each interim financial statement or report prepared subsequent thereto, if not included in item (1) above, (iii) the Issuer’s and its affiliates’ other publicly available recent reports, including, but not limited to, any publicly available filings or reports provided to their respective shareholders, (iv) any other information or disclosure prepared pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof and (v) any information prepared or approved by the Issuer for dissemination to investors or potential investors in the Notes.

6.5
“Current Issuing and Paying Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.10.

6.6
“Dealer Information” shall mean material concerning the Dealer provided by the Dealer in writing expressly for inclusion in the Private Placement Memorandum.

6.6
“Exchange Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

6.7
“Indemnitee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

6.8
“Institutional Accredited Investor” shall mean an institutional investor that is an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and that has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating and bearing the economic risk of an investment in the Notes, including, but not limited to, a bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or a savings and loan association or other institution, as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act, whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity.

6.9
“Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement” shall mean the issuing and paying agency agreement described on the cover page of this Agreement, or any such replacement thereof, as such agreement may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

6.10
“Issuing and Paying Agent” shall mean the party designated as such on the cover page of this Agreement, as issuing and paying agent under the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, or any successor thereto or replacement thereof, in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.




6.11
“Non-bank fiduciary or agent” shall mean a fiduciary or agent other than (a) a bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or (b) a savings and loan association, as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act.

6.12
“Person” shall mean any natural person, corporation, firm, joint venture, partnership, limited liability company, association, enterprise, trust or other entity or organization, or any government or political subdivision or any agency, department or instrumentality thereof.

6.13
“Private Placement Memorandum” shall mean offering materials prepared in accordance with Section 4 (including materials referred to therein or incorporated by reference therein, if any) provided to purchasers and prospective purchasers of the Notes, and shall include amendments and supplements thereto which may be prepared from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (other than any amendment or supplement that has been completely superseded by a later amendment or supplement).
6.14
“Qualified Institutional Buyer” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

6.15
“Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(i).

6.15
“Replacement Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.10.

6.16
“Rule 144A” shall mean Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

6.17
“Sanctioned Country” means, at any time, a country, region or territory which is itself the subject or target of comprehensive Sanctions (at the time of this Agreement, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, Syria and Crimea).

6.18
“Sanctioned Person” means, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), the U.S. Department of State, or by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any European Union member state, (b) any Person operating, organized or ordinarily resident in a Sanctioned Country to the extent dealing with such Person would be prohibited by applicable Sanctions or (c) any Person 50% owned by any such Person or Persons described in the foregoing clause (a).

6.19
“Sanctions” means economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by OFAC or the U.S. Department of State or (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any European Union member state.

6.20
“SEC” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

6.21
“Securities Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.




7.
General

7.1
Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices under this Agreement to parties hereto shall be in writing and shall be effective when received at the address of the respective party set forth in the Addendum to this Agreement.

7.2
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws provisions.

7.3
The Issuer agrees that any suit, action or proceeding brought by the Issuer against the Dealer in connection with or arising out of this Agreement or the Notes or the offer and sale of the Notes shall be brought solely in the United States federal courts located in the Borough of Manhattan or the courts of the State of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan. EACH OF THE DEALER AND THE ISSUER WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
7.4
This Agreement may be terminated, at any time, by the Issuer, upon one business day’s prior notice to such effect to the Dealer, or by the Dealer upon one business day’s prior notice to such effect to the Issuer. Any such termination, however, shall not affect the obligations of the Issuer under Sections 1.2 (first sentence), 3.7, 5 and 7.3 hereof or the respective representations, warranties, agreements, covenants, rights or responsibilities of the parties made or arising prior to the termination of this Agreement.

7.5
This Agreement is not assignable by either party hereto without the written consent of the other party; provided, however, that the Dealer may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any affiliate of the Dealer.

7.6
This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

7.7
This Agreement is for the exclusive benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective permitted successors and assigns hereunder, and shall not be deemed to give any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim to any other person whatsoever.

7.8
The Issuer acknowledges and agrees that (i) the purchase and sale of the Notes pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Issuer, on the one hand, and the Dealer, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction the Dealer is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Issuer, (iii) the Dealer has not assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Issuer with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether the Dealer has advised or is currently advising the Issuer on other matters) or any other obligation to the Issuer except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement and (iv) the Issuer has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Issuer agrees that it will not claim that the Dealer has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Issuer, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.




7.9
In the case of any agreement by a Dealer to purchase a Note hereunder (other than as agent) which provides for a settlement date that is three Business Days or more after the date of such agreement, the obligation of the Dealer to purchase the Note under such agreement shall be subject to the following conditions:

(a)
the representations and warranties given by the Issuer set forth above in Section 2 shall be true and correct on and as of the settlement date as if made on and as of such date, and the Issuer shall have performed all of its obligations hereunder to be performed as of such date,

(b)
since the date of the most recent Private Placement Memorandum, there shall have been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), operations or business prospects of the Issuer (whether occurring before or after such agreement was entered into) which was not disclosed to the Dealer in writing prior to the time such agreement was entered into,
(c)
the Issuer shall not be in default of any of its obligations hereunder, under the Note or under the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement,

(d)
on or after the date of such agreement there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Issuer’s securities on the New York Stock Exchange; (iii) a general moratorium in commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in the reasonable judgment of the Dealer makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or the delivery of the Note on the terms and in the amount contemplated in the Private Placement Memorandum.

(e)
on or after the date of such agreement (i) downgrading shall not have occurred in the rating accorded the Issuer’s debt securities by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization and such organization shall not have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Issuer’s debt securities.

7.10
The parties hereto agree that the Issuer may, in accordance with the terms of this Section 7.10, from time to time replace the party which is then acting as Issuing and Paying Agent (the “Current Issuing and Paying Agent”) with another party (such other party, the “Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent”), and enter into an agreement with the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent covering the provision of issuing and paying agency functions in respect of the Notes by the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent (the “Replacement Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement”) (any such replacement, a “Replacement”).
From and after the effective date of any Replacement, except to the extent that the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement provides that the Current Issuing and



Paying Agent will continue to act in respect of Notes outstanding as of the effective date of such Replacement, the “Issuing and Paying Agent” for the Notes shall be deemed to be the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent, all references to the “Issuing and Paying Agent” hereunder shall be deemed to refer to the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent, and all references to the “Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement” hereunder shall be deemed to refer to the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral between the Issuer and the Dealer, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date and year first above written.
Cardinal Health, Inc., as Issuer
 
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as Dealer
By:
/s/ Sam Samad
 
By:
/s/ Robert J. Little
Name:
Sam Samad
 
Name:
Robert J. Little
Title:
Treasurer
 
Title:
Managing Director



Addendum
The following additional clauses shall apply to the Agreement and be deemed a part thereof,
1.
The other dealers referred to in clause (b) of Section 1.2 of the Agreement are Goldman Sachs & Co., Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC.
2.
The addresses of the respective parties for the purposes of notices under Section 7.1 are as follows:
For the Issuer:
Address: Cardinal Health, Inc., 7000 Cardinal Place, Dublin, Ohio 43017
Attention: Scott Zimmerman, Assistant Treasurer
Telephone:    (###) ###-####
For the Dealer:
Address: Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
Short Term Fixed Income Origination
One Bryant Park, 8 th Floor
New York, NY 10036
Attention: Robert Little
Telephone Number:    (###) ###-####
Fax Number: (###) ###-####





Exhibit A
Form of Legend for Private Placement Memorandum and Notes
THE NOTES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW, AND OFFERS AND SALES THEREOF MAY BE MADE ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE PURCHASER WILL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT THAT (I) IT HAS BEEN AFFORDED AN OPPORTUNITY TO INVESTIGATE MATTERS RELATING TO THE ISSUER AND THE NOTES, (II) IT IS NOT ACQUIRING SUCH NOTE WITH A VIEW TO ANY DISTRIBUTION THEREOF AND (III) IT IS EITHER (A)(1) AN INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR THAT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a) UNDER THE ACT AND (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”) AND (2)(i) PURCHASING NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, (ii) A BANK (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(a)(2) OF THE ACT) OR A SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION OR OTHER INSTITUTION (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(a)(5)(A) OF THE ACT) ACTING IN ITS INDIVIDUAL OR FIDUCIARY CAPACITY OR (iii) A FIDUCIARY OR AGENT (OTHER THAN A U.S. BANK OR SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION) PURCHASING NOTES FOR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS EACH OF WHICH ACCOUNTS IS SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ; OR (B) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (“QIB”) WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS, EACH OF WHICH ACCOUNTS IS A QIB; AND THE PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS AWARE THAT THE SELLER MAY RELY UPON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A. BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE PURCHASER THEREOF SHALL ALSO BE DEEMED TO AGREE THAT ANY RESALE OR OTHER TRANSFER THEREOF WILL BE MADE ONLY (A) IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT, EITHER (1) TO THE ISSUER OR TO A PLACEMENT AGENT DESIGNATED BY THE ISSUER AS A PLACEMENT AGENT FOR THE NOTES (COLLECTIVELY, THE “PLACEMENT AGENTS”), NONE OF WHICH SHALL HAVE ANY OBLIGATION TO ACQUIRE SUCH NOTE, (2) THROUGH A PLACEMENT AGENT TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR A QIB, OR (3) TO A QIB IN A TRANSACTION THAT MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A AND (B) IN MINIMUM AMOUNTS OF $250,000.



Exhibit B
Further Provisions Relating to Indemnification
(a)
The Issuer agrees to reimburse each Indemnitee for all expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of internal and external counsel) as they are incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect of which indemnification may be sought under Section 5 of the Agreement (whether or not it is a party to any such proceedings) provided, however, that if it is found in any such action, proceeding or investigation that any loss, claim, damage or liability of an Indemnitee has resulted from the Dealer Information or the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitee in performing the services that are the subject of this Agreement, as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, the Indemnitee shall repay such portion of the reimbursed amounts that is attributable to expenses incurred in relation to the act or omission of the Indemnitee which is the subject of such finding.
(b)
Promptly after receipt by an Indemnitee of notice of the existence of a Claim, such Indemnitee will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Issuer, notify the issuer in writing of the existence thereof; provided that (i) the omission so to notify the Issuer will not relieve the Issuer from any liability which it may have hereunder unless and except to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such Claim and such failure results in the forfeiture by the Issuer of substantial rights and defenses, and (ii) the omission so to notify the Issuer will not relieve it from liability which it may have to an Indemnitee otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In case any such Claim is made against any Indemnitee and it notifies the Issuer of the existence thereof, the Issuer will be entitled to participate therein, and to the extent that it may elect by written notice delivered to the Indemnitee, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnitee; provided that if the defendants in any such Claim include both the Indemnitee and the Issuer, and the Indemnitee shall have concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the Issuer, the Issuer shall not have the right to direct the defense of such Claim on behalf of such Indemnitee, and the Indemnitee shall have the right to select separate counsel to assert such legal defenses on behalf of such Indemnitee. Upon receipt of notice from the Issuer to such Indemnitee of the Issuer’s election so to assume the defense of such Claim and approval by the Indemnitee of counsel, the Issuer will not be liable to such Indemnitee for expenses incurred thereafter by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof (other than reasonable costs of investigation) unless (i) the Indemnitee shall have employed separate counsel in connection with the assertion of legal defenses in accordance with the proviso to the next preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that the Issuer shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (in addition to any local counsel in the jurisdiction in which any Claim is brought), approved by the Dealer, representing the Indemnitee who is party to such Claim), (ii) the Issuer shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee to represent the Indemnitee within a reasonable time after notice of existence of the Claim or (iii) the Issuer has authorized in writing the employment of counsel for the Indemnitee. The indemnity, reimbursement and contribution obligations of the Issuer hereunder shall be in addition to any other liability the Issuer may otherwise have to an Indemnitee and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of the Issuer and any Indemnitee. The Issuer agrees that without the Dealer’s prior written consent, it will not settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any Claim in respect of which indemnification may be sought under the indemnification provision of the Agreement (whether or not the Dealer or any other Indemnitee is an actual or potential party to such Claim), unless such



settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnitee from all liability arising out of such Claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or failure to act, by or on behalf of any Indemnitee.



Exhibit C
Statement of Terms for Interest Bearing Commercial Paper Notes of [Name of Issuer]
THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH BELOW ARE QUALIFIED TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE BY THE TRANSACTION SPECIFIC ‘PRICING’ ‘PRIVATE PLACEMENT MEMORANDUM’ SUPPLEMENT (THE “SUPPLEMENT”) (IF ANY) SENT TO EACH PURCHASER AT THE TIME OF THE TRANSACTION.
1.
General . (a) The obligations of the Issuer to which these terms apply (each a “Note”) are represented by one or more Master Notes (each, a “Master Note”) issued in the name of (or of a nominee for) The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), which Master Note includes the terms and provisions for the Issuer’s Interest-Bearing Commercial Paper Notes that are set forth in this Statement of Terms, since this Statement of Terms constitutes an integral part of the Underlying Records as defined and referred to in the Master Note.
(b) “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law, executive order or regulation to be closed in New York City and, with respect to LIBOR Notes (as defined below) is also a London Business Day. “London Business Day” means, a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.
2.
Interest . (a) Each Note will bear interest at a fixed rate (a “Fixed Rate Note”) or at a floating rate (a “Floating Rate Note”).
(b)    The Supplement sent to each holder of such Note will describe the following terms: (i) whether such Note is a Fixed Rate Note or a Floating Rate Note and whether such Note is an Original Issue Discount Note (as defined below); (ii) the date on which such Note will be issued (the “Issue Date”); (iii) the Stated Maturity Date (as defined below); (iv) if such Note is a Fixed Rate Note, the rate per annum at which such Note will bear interest, if any, and the Interest Payment Dates; (v) if such Note is a Floating Rate Note, the Base Rate, the Index Maturity, the Interest Reset Dates, the Interest Payment Dates and the Spread and/or Spread Multiplier, if any (all as defined below), and any other terms relating to the particular method of calculating the interest rate for such Note; and (vi) any other terms applicable specifically to such Note. “Original Issue Discount Note” means a Note which has a stated redemption price at the Stated Maturity Date that exceeds its Issue Price by more than a specified de minimis amount and which the Supplement indicates will be an “Original Issue Discount Note”.
(c)    Each Fixed Rate Note will bear interest from its Issue Date at the rate per annum specified in the Supplement until the principal amount thereof is paid or made available for payment. Interest on each Fixed Rate Note will be payable on the dates specified in the Supplement (each an “Interest Payment Date” for a Fixed Rate Note) and on the Maturity Date (as defined below). Interest on Fixed Rate Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
If any Interest Payment Date or the Maturity Date of a Fixed Rate Note falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the required payment of principal, premium, if any, and/or interest will be payable on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest will accrue in respect of the payment made on that next succeeding Business Day.



(d) The interest rate on each Floating Rate Note for each Interest Reset Period (as defined below) will be determined by reference to an interest rate basis (a “Base Rate”) plus or minus a number of basis points (one basis point equals one-hundredth of a percentage point) (the “Spread”), if any, and/or multiplied by a certain percentage (the “Spread Multiplier”), if any, until the principal thereof is paid or made available for payment. The Supplement will designate which of the following Base Rates is applicable to the related Floating Rate Note: (a) the CD Rate (a “CD Rate Note”), (b) the Commercial Paper Rate (a “Commercial Paper Rate Note”), (c) the Federal Funds Rate (a “Federal Funds Rate Note”), (d) LIBOR (a “LIBOR Note”), (e) the Prime Rate (a “Prime Rate Note”), (f) the Treasury Rate (a “Treasury Rate Note”) or (g) such other Base Rate as may be specified in such Supplement.
The rate of interest on each Floating Rate Note will be reset daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly or semiannually (the “Interest Reset Period”). The date or dates on which interest will be reset (each an “Interest Reset Date”) will be, unless otherwise specified in the Supplement, in the case of Floating Rate Notes which reset daily, each Business Day, in the case of Floating Rate Notes (other than Treasury Rate Notes) that reset weekly, the Wednesday of each week; in the case of Treasury Rate Notes that reset weekly, the Tuesday of each week; in the case of Floating Rate Notes that reset monthly, the third Wednesday of each month; in the case of Floating Rate Notes that reset quarterly, the third Wednesday of March, June, September and December; and in the case of Floating Rate Notes that reset semiannually, the third Wednesday of the two months specified in the Supplement. If any Interest Reset Date for any Floating Rate Note is not a Business Day, such Interest Reset Date will be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day, except that in the case of a LIBOR Note, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar month, such Interest Reset Date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day. Interest on each Floating Rate Note will be payable monthly, quarterly or semiannually (the “Interest Payment Period”) and on the Maturity Date. Unless otherwise specified in the Supplement, and except as provided below, the date or dates on which interest will be payable (each an “Interest Payment Date” for a Floating Rate Note) will be, in the case of Floating Rate Notes with a monthly Interest Payment Period, on the third Wednesday of each month; in the case of Floating Rate Notes with a quarterly Interest Payment Period, on the third Wednesday of March, June, September and December; and in the case of Floating Rate Notes with a semiannual Interest Payment Period, on the third Wednesday of the two months specified in the Supplement. In addition, the Maturity Date will also be an Interest Payment Date.
If any Interest Payment Date for any Floating Rate Note (other than an Interest Payment Date occurring on the Maturity Date) would otherwise be a day that is not a Business Day, such interest Payment Date shall be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day, except that in the case of a LIBOR Note, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar month, such Interest Payment Date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day. If the Maturity Date of a Floating Rate Note falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment of principal and interest will be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no interest on such payment shall accrue for the period from and after such maturity.
Interest payments on each interest Payment Date for Floating Rate Notes will include accrued interest from and including the Issue Date or from and including the last date in respect of which interest has been paid, as the case may be, to, but excluding, such Interest Payment Date. On the Maturity Date, the interest payable on a Floating Rate Note will include interest accrued to, but excluding, the Maturity Date. Accrued interest will be calculated by multiplying the



principal amount of a Floating Rate Note by an accrued interest factor. This accrued interest factor will be computed by adding the interest factors calculated for each day in the period for which accrued interest is being calculated. The interest factor (expressed as a decimal) for each such day will be computed by dividing the interest rate applicable to such day by 360, in the cases where the Base Rate is the CD Rate, Commercial Paper Rate, Federal Funds Rate, LIBOR or Prime Rate, or by the actual number of days in the year, in the case where the Base Rate is the Treasury Rate. The interest rate in effect on each day will be (I) if such day is an Interest Reset Date, the interest rate with respect to the Interest Determination Date (as defined below) pertaining to such Interest Reset Date, or (ii) if such day is not an Interest Reset Date, the interest rate with respect to the Interest Determination Date pertaining to the next preceding Interest Reset Date, subject in either case to any adjustment by a Spread and/or a Spread Multiplier.
The “Interest Determination Date” where the Base Rate is the CD Rate or the Commercial Paper Rate will be the second Business Day next preceding an Interest Reset Date. The Interest Determination Date where the Base Rate is the Federal Funds Rate or the Prime Rate will be the Business Day next preceding an Interest Reset Date. The Interest Determination Date where the Base Rate is LIBOR will be the second London Business Day next preceding an Interest Reset Date. The Interest Determination Date where the Base Rate is the Treasury Rate will be the day of the week in which such Interest Reset Date falls when Treasury Bills are normally auctioned. Treasury Bills are normally sold at auction on Monday of each week, unless that day is a legal holiday, in which case the auction is held on the following Tuesday or the preceding Friday. If an auction is so held on the preceding Friday, such Friday will be the Interest Determination Date pertaining to the Interest Reset Date occurring in the next succeeding week.
The “Index Maturity” is the period to maturity of the instrument or obligation from which the applicable Base Rate is calculated.
The “Calculation Date,” where applicable, shall be the earlier of (i) the tenth calendar day following the applicable Interest Determination Date or (ii) the Business Day preceding the applicable Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date.
All times referred to herein reflect New York City time, unless otherwise specified.
The Issuer shall specify in writing to the Issuing and Paying Agent which party will be the calculation agent (the “Calculation Agent”) with respect to the Floating Rate Notes. The Calculation Agent will provide the interest rate then in effect and, if determined, the interest rate which will become effective on the next Interest Reset Date with respect to such Floating Rate Note to the Issuing and Paying Agent as soon as the interest rate with respect to such Floating Rate Note has been determined and as soon as practicable after any change in such interest rate.
All percentages resulting from any calculation on Floating Rate Notes will be rounded to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five-one millionths of a percentage point rounded upwards. For example, 9.876545% (or .09876545) would be rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655). All dollar amounts used in or resulting from any calculation on Floating Rate Notes will be rounded, in the case of U.S. dollars, to the nearest cent or, in the case of a foreign currency, to the nearest unit (with one-half cent or unit being rounded upwards).



CD Rate Notes
“CD Rate” means the rate on any Interest Determination Date for negotiable certificates of deposit having the Index Maturity as published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”) in “Statistical Release H.15(519), Selected Interest Rates” or any successor publication of the FRB (“H.15(519)”) under the heading “CDs (Secondary Market)”.
If the above rate is not published in H.15(519) by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the CD Rate will be the rate on such Interest Determination Date set forth in the daily update of H.15(519), available through the world wide website of the FRB at http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h15/Update, or any successor site or publication or other recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate (“H.15 Daily Update”) under the caption “CDs (Secondary Market)”.
If such rate is not published in either H.15(519) or H.15 Daily Update by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Calculation Agent will determine the CD Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the secondary market offered rates as of 10:00 a.m. on such Interest Determination Date of three leading nonbank dealers 1 in negotiable U.S. dollar certificates of deposit in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent for negotiable U.S. dollar certificates of deposit of major United States money center banks of the highest credit standing in the market for negotiable certificates of deposit with a remaining maturity closest to the Index Maturity in the denomination of $5,000,000.
If the dealers selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as set forth above, the CD Rate will remain the CD Rate then in effect on such Interest Determination Date.
Commercial Paper Rate Notes
“Commercial Paper Rate” means the Money Market Yield (calculated as described below) of the rate on any Interest Determination Date for commercial paper having the Index Maturity, as published in H.15(519) under the heading “Commercial Paper-Nonfinancial”. If the above rate is not published in H.15(519) by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Calculation Date, then the Commercial Paper Rate will be the Money Market Yield of the rate on such Interest Determination Date for commercial paper of the Index Maturity as published in H.15 Daily Update under the heading “Commercial Paper-Nonfinancial”.
If by 3:00 p.m. on such Calculation Date such rate is not published in either H.15(519) or H.15 Daily Update, then the Calculation Agent will determine the Commercial Paper Rate to be the Money Market Yield of the arithmetic mean of the offered rates as of 11:00 a.m. on such Interest Determination Date of three leading dealers of U.S. dollar commercial paper in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent for commercial paper of the Index Maturity placed for an industrial issuer whose bond rating is “AA,” or the equivalent, from a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
If the dealers selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned above, the Commercial Paper Rate with respect to such Interest Determination Date will remain the Commercial Paper Rate then in effect on such Interest Determination Date.
________________________
1  
Such nonbank dealers referred to in this Statement of Terms may include affiliates of the Dealer.



“Money Market Yield” will be a yield calculated in accordance with the following formula:
Money Market Yield =
D x 360
  x  100
360 - ( D x M )
where “D” refers to the applicable per annum rate for commercial paper quoted on a bank discount basis and expressed as a decimal and “M” refers to the actual number of days in the interest period for which interest is being calculated.
Federal Funds Rate Notes
“Federal Funds Rate” means the rate on any Interest Determination Date for federal funds as published in 1-1.15(519) under the heading “Federal Funds (Effective)” and displayed on Moneyline Telerate 1 (or any successor service) on page 120 (or any other page as may replace the specified page on that service) (“Telerate Page 120”).
If the above rate does not appear on Telerate Page 120 or is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Federal Funds Rate will be the rate on such Interest Determination Date as published in H.15 Daily Update under the heading “Federal Funds/(Effective)”.
If such rate is not published as described above by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Calculation Agent will determine the Federal Funds Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the rates for the last transaction in overnight U.S. dollar federal funds arranged by each of three leading brokers of Federal Funds transactions in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent prior to 9:00 a.m. on such Interest Determination Date.
If the brokers selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned above, the Federal Funds Rate will remain the Federal Funds Rate then in effect on such Interest Determination Date.
LIBOR Notes
The London Interbank offered rate (“LIBOR”) means, with respect to any Interest Determination Date, the rate for deposits in U.S. dollars having the Index Maturity that appears on the Designated LIBOR Page as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on such Interest Determination Date.
If no rate appears, LIBOR will be determined on the basis of the rates at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such Interest Determination Date at which deposits in U.S. dollars are offered to prime banks in the London interbank market by four major banks in such market selected by the Calculation Agent for a term equal to the Index Maturity and in principal amount equal to an amount that in the Calculation Agent’s judgment is representative for a single transaction in U.S. dollars in such market at such time (a “Representative Amount”). The Calculation Agent will request the principal London office of each of such banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such quotations are provided, LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided, LIBOR for such interest period will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted at approximately 11:00 a.m., in New York City, on such Interest Determination
____________________________
1  
BAML: Moneyline Telerate no longer exists - please replace with Reuters, Bloomberg, or another provider throughout.



Date by three major banks in New York City, selected by the Calculation Agent, for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks, for a term equal to the Index Maturity and in a Representative Amount; provided, however, that if fewer than three banks so selected by the Calculation Agent are providing such quotations, the then existing LIBOR rate will remain in effect for such Interest Payment Period.
“Designated LIBOR Page” means the display designated as page “3750” on Moneyline Telerate (or such other page as may replace the 3750 page on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association for the purposes of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits).
Prime Rate Notes
“Prime Rate” means the rate on any Interest Determination Date as published in H.15(519) under the heading “Bank Prime Loan”.
If the above rate is not published in H.15(519) prior to 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, then the Prime Rate will be the rate on such Interest Determination Date as published in H.15 Daily Update opposite the caption “Bank Prime Loan”.
If the rate is not published prior to 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date in either H.15(519) or H, 15 Daily Update, then the Calculation Agent will determine the Prime Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the rates of interest publicly announced by each bank that appears on the Reuters Screen US PRIME! Page (as defined below) as such bank’s prime rate or base lending rate as of 11:00 a.m., on that Interest Determination Date.
If fewer than four such rates referred to above are so published by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Calculation Agent will determine the Prime Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the prime rates or base lending rates quoted on the basis of the actual number of days in the year divided by 360 as of the close of business on such Interest Determination Date by three major banks in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent.
If the banks selected are not quoting as mentioned above, the Prime Rate will remain the Prime Rate in effect on such Interest Determination Date.
“Reuters Screen US PRIME1 Page” means the display designated as page “US PRIME1” on the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service (or such other page as may replace the US PRIME1 page on that service for the purpose of displaying prime rates or base lending rates of major United States banks).
Treasury Rate Notes “Treasury Rate” means:
(1) the rate from the auction held on the Interest Determination Date (the “Auction”) of direct obligations of the United States (“Treasury Bills”) having the Index Maturity specified in the Supplement under the caption “INVESTMENT RATE” on the display on Moneyline Telerate (or any successor service) on page 56 (or any other page as may replace that page on that service) (“Telerate Page 56”) or page 57 (or any other page as may replace that page on that service) (“Telerate Page 57”), or
(2) if the rate referred to in clause (1) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the Bond Equivalent Yield (as defined below) of the rate for the applicable Treasury Bills as



published in H.15 Daily Update, under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Auction High”, or
(3) if the rate referred to in clause (2) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the Bond Equivalent Yield of the auction rate of the applicable Treasury Bills as announced by the United States Department of the Treasury, or
(4) if the rate referred to in clause (3) is not so announced by the United States Department of the Treasury, or if the Auction is not held, the Bond Equivalent Yield of the rate on the particular Interest Determination Date of the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H,15(519) under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Secondary Market”, or
(5) if the rate referred to in clause (4) not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the rate on the particular Interest Determination Date of the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H.15 Daily Update, under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Secondary Market”, or
(6) if the rate referred to in clause (5) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the rate on the particular Interest Determination Date calculated by the Calculation Agent as the Bond Equivalent Yield of the arithmetic mean of the secondary market bid rates, as of approximately 3:30 p.m. on that Interest Determination Date, of three primary United States government securities dealers selected by the Calculation Agent, for the issue of Treasury Bills with a remaining maturity closest to the Index Maturity specified in the Supplement, or
(7) if the dealers so selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned in clause (6), the Treasury Rate in effect on the particular Interest Determination Date.
“Bond Equivalent Yield” means a yield (expressed as a percentage) calculated in accordance with the following formula:
Bond Equivalent Yield =
D x N
  x  100
360 - ( D x M )
where “D” refers to the applicable per annum rate for Treasury Bills quoted on a bank discount basis and expressed as a decimal, “N” refers to 365 or 366, as the case may be, and “M” refers to the actual number of days in the applicable Interest Reset Period.
3.
Final Maturity . The Stated Maturity Date for any Note will be the date so specified in the Supplement, which shall be no later than 364 days from the date of issuance. On its Stated Maturity Date, or any date prior to the Stated Maturity Date on which the particular Note becomes due and payable by the declaration of acceleration, each such date being referred to as a Maturity Date, the principal amount of each Note, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, will be immediately due and payable,
4.
Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” with respect to a Note: (i) default in any payment of principal of or interest on such Note (including on a redemption thereof); (ii) the Issuer makes any compromise arrangement with its creditors generally including the entering into any form of moratorium with its creditors generally; (iii) a court having jurisdiction shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of the Issuer in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or there shall be appointed a receiver, administrator, liquidator, custodian, trustee or sequestrator (or similar officer)



with respect to the whole or substantially the whole of the assets of the Issuer and any such decree, order or appointment is not removed, discharged or withdrawn within 60 days thereafter; or (iv) the Issuer shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, administrator, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official), with respect to the whole or substantially the whole of the assets of the Issuer or make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the principal of each obligation evidenced by such Note (together with interest accrued and unpaid thereon) shall become, without any notice or demand, immediately due and payable. 2  
5.
Obligation Absolute . No provision of the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement under which the Notes are issued shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on each Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.
6.
Supplement . Any term contained in the Supplement shall supersede any conflicting term contained herein.














____________________________
2
Unlike single payment notes, where a default arises only at the stated maturity. interest-bearing notes with multiple payment dates should contain a default provision permitting acceleration of the maturity if the Issuer defaults on an interest payment.

Exhibit 10.4




Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement
4 (a)(2) Program
    
Between:
Cardinal Health, Inc ., as Issuer
and
Goldman Sachs & Co ., as Dealer
Concerning Notes to be issued pursuant to an
Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement dated as of August 9, 2006,
as amended February 28, 2007 and November 22, 2016
between the Issuer and
The Bank of New York, as Issuing
and Paying Agent
Dated as of
November 22, 2016



Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement
4(a)(2) Program

This agreement (the “Agreement”) sets forth the understandings between the Issuer and the Dealer, each named on the cover page hereof, in connection with the issuance and sale by the Issuer of its short-term promissory notes (the “Notes”) through the Dealer.
Certain terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 6 hereof.
The Addendum to this Agreement, and any Annexes or Exhibits described in this Agreement or such Addendum, are hereby incorporated into this Agreement and made fully a part hereof.
1.
Offers, Sales and Resales of Notes.
1.1
While (i) the Issuer has and shall have no obligation to sell the Notes to the Dealer or to permit the Dealer to arrange any sale of the Notes for the account of the Issuer, and (ii) the Dealer has and shall have no obligation to purchase the Notes from the Issuer or to arrange any sale of the Notes for the account of the Issuer, the parties hereto agree that in any case where the Dealer purchases Notes from the Issuer, or arranges for the sale of Notes by the Issuer, such Notes will be purchased or sold by the Dealer in reliance on the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the Issuer contained herein or made pursuant hereto and on the terms and conditions and in the manner provided herein.
1.2
So long as this Agreement shall remain in effect, and in addition to the limitations contained in Section 1.7 hereof, the Issuer shall not, without the consent of the Dealer, offer, solicit or accept offers to purchase, or sell, any Notes except (a) in transactions with one or more dealers which may from time to time after the date hereof become dealers with respect to the Notes by executing with the Issuer one or more agreements which contain provisions substantially identical to those contained in Section 1 of this Agreement, of which the Issuer hereby undertakes to provide the Dealer prompt notice or (b) in transactions with the other dealers listed on the Addendum hereto, which are executing agreements with the Issuer which contain provisions substantially identical to Section 1 of this Agreement contemporaneously herewith. In no event shall the Issuer offer, solicit or accept offers to purchase, or sell, any Notes directly on its own behalf in transactions with persons other than the Dealer or other broker-dealers as specifically permitted in this Section 1.2.
1.3
The Notes shall be in a minimum denomination of $250,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, will bear such interest rates, if interest bearing, or will be sold at such discount from their face amounts, as shall be agreed upon by the Dealer and the Issuer, shall have a maturity not exceeding 364 days from the date of issuance and may have such terms as are specified in Exhibit C hereto or the Private Placement Memorandum. The Notes shall not contain any provision for extension, renewal or automatic “rollover.”
1.4
The authentication and issuance of, and payment for, the Notes shall be effected in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, and the Notes shall be either individual physical certificates or book-entry notes evidenced by one or more master notes (each, a “Master Note”) registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee, in the form or forms annexed to the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.



1.5
If the Issuer and the Dealer shall agree on the terms of the purchase of any Note by the Dealer or the sale of any Note arranged by the Dealer (including, but not limited to, agreement with respect to the date of issue, purchase price, principal amount, maturity and interest rate or interest rate index and margin (in the case of interest-bearing Notes) or discount thereof (in the case of Notes issued on a discount basis), and appropriate compensation for the Dealer’s services hereunder) pursuant to this Agreement, the Issuer shall cause such Note to be issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement and payment for such Note shall be made by the purchaser thereof, either directly or through the Dealer, to the Issuing and Paying Agent, for the account of the Issuer. Except as otherwise agreed, in the event that the Dealer is acting as an agent and a purchaser shall either fail to accept delivery of or make payment for a Note on the date fixed for settlement, the Dealer shall promptly notify the Issuer, and if the Dealer has theretofore paid the Issuer for the Note, the Issuer will promptly return such funds to the Dealer against its return of the Note to the Issuer, in the case of a certificated Note, and upon notice of such failure in the case of a book-entry Note. If such failure occurred for any reason other than default by the Dealer, the Issuer shall reimburse the Dealer on an equitable basis for the Dealer’s loss of the use of such funds for the period such funds were credited to the Issuer’s account.
1.6
The Dealer and the Issuer hereby establish and agree to observe the following procedures in connection with offers, sales and subsequent resales or other transfers of the Notes:
(a)
Offers and sales of the Notes by or through the Dealer shall be made only to: (i) investors reasonably believed by the Dealer to be Qualified Institutional Buyers or Institutional Accredited Investors and (ii) non-bank fiduciaries or agents that will be purchasing Notes for one or more accounts, each of which is reasonably believed by the Dealer to be an Institutional Accredited Investor.
(b)
Resales and other transfers of the Notes by the holders thereof shall be made only in accordance with the restrictions in the legend described in clause (e) below.
(c)
No general solicitation or general advertising shall be used in connection with the offering of the Notes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, without the prior written approval of the Dealer, the Issuer shall not issue any press release, make any other statement to any member of the press making reference to the Notes, the offer or sale of the Notes, or this Agreement or place or publish any “tombstone” or other advertisement relating to the Notes, or the offer or sale of the Notes. To the extent permitted by applicable securities laws, the Issuer shall (i) omit the name of the Dealer from any publicly available filing by the Issuer that makes reference to the offer or sale of the Notes or this Agreement, (ii) not include a copy of this Agreement in any such filing or as an exhibit thereto, and (iii) redact the Dealer’s name and any contact or other information that could identify the Dealer from any agreement or other information included in such filing.
(d)
No sale of Notes to any one purchaser shall be for less than $250,000 principal or face amount, and no Note shall be issued in a smaller principal or face amount. If the purchaser is a non-bank fiduciary acting on behalf of others, each person for whom such purchaser is acting must purchase at least $250,000 principal or face amount of Notes.



(e)
Offers and sales of the Notes shall be subject to the restrictions described in the legend appearing on Exhibit A hereto. A legend substantially to the effect of such Exhibit A shall appear as part of the Private Placement Memorandum used in connection with offers and sales of Notes hereunder, as well as on each individual certificate representing a Note and each Master Note representing book-entry Notes offered and sold pursuant to this Agreement.
(f)
The Dealer shall furnish or make available or shall have furnished or made available to each purchaser of Notes for which it has acted as the Dealer a copy of the then-current Private Placement Memorandum unless such purchaser has previously received or had made available to it a copy of the Private Placement Memorandum as then in effect. The Private Placement Memorandum shall expressly state that any person to whom Notes are offered shall have an opportunity to ask questions of and receive information from, the Issuer and the Dealer and shall provide the names, addresses and telephone numbers of the persons from whom information regarding the Issuer may be obtained.
(g)
The Issuer agrees, for the benefit of the Dealer and each of the holders and prospective purchasers from time to time of the Notes that, if at any time the Issuer shall not be subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Issuer will furnish, upon request and at its expense, to the Dealer and to holders and prospective purchasers of Notes information required by Rule 144A(d)(4)(i) in compliance with Rule 144A(d).
(h)
In the event that any Note offered or to be offered by the Dealer would be ineligible for resale under Rule 144A, the Issuer shall immediately notify the Dealer (by telephone, confirmed in writing) of such fact and shall promptly prepare and deliver to the Dealer an amendment or supplement to the Private Placement Memorandum describing the Notes that are ineligible, the reason for such ineligibility and any other relevant information relating thereto.
(i)
The Issuer represents that it is not currently issuing commercial paper in the United States market in reliance upon the exemption provided by Section 3(a)(3) of the Securities Act. The Issuer agrees that, if it shall issue commercial paper after the date hereof in reliance upon such exemption (a) the proceeds from the sale of the Notes will be segregated from the proceeds of the sale of any such commercial paper by being placed in a separate account; (b) the Issuer will institute appropriate corporate procedures to ensure that the offers and sales of notes issued by the Issuer pursuant to the Section 3(a)(3) exemption are not integrated with offerings and sales of Notes hereunder; and (c) the Issuer will comply with each of the requirements of Section 3(a)(3) of the Securities Act in selling commercial paper or other short-term debt securities other than the Notes in the United States.
1.7
The Issuer hereby represents and warrants to the Dealer, in connection with offers, sales and resales of Notes, as follows:
(a)
The Issuer hereby confirms to the Dealer that (except as permitted by Section 1.6(i)) within the preceding six months neither the Issuer nor any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof acting on behalf of the Issuer has offered or sold any Notes, or any substantially similar security of the



Issuer (including, without limitation, medium-term notes issued by the Issuer), to, or solicited offers to buy any such security from, any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof. The Issuer also agrees that (except as permitted by Section 1.6(i)), as long as the Notes are being offered for sale by the Dealer and the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof as contemplated hereby and until at least six months after the offer of Notes hereunder has been terminated, neither the Issuer nor any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof (except as contemplated by Section 1.2 hereof) will offer the Notes or any substantially similar security of the Issuer for sale to, or solicit offers to buy any such security from, any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof, it being understood that such agreement is made with a view to bringing the offer and sale of the Notes within the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and shall survive any termination of this Agreement. The Issuer hereby represents and warrants that it has not taken or omitted to take, and will not take or omit to take, any action that would cause the offering and sale of Notes hereunder to be integrated with any other offering of securities, whether such offering is made by the Issuer or some other party or parties.
(b)
The Issuer represents and agrees that the proceeds of the sale of the Notes are not currently contemplated to be used for the purpose of buying, carrying or trading securities within the meaning of Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. In the event that the Issuer determines to use such proceeds for the purpose of buying, carrying or trading securities, whether in connection with an acquisition of another company or otherwise, the Issuer shall give the Dealer at least five business days’ prior written notice to that effect. The Issuer shall also give the Dealer prompt notice of the actual date that it commences to purchase securities with the proceeds of the Notes. Thereafter, in the event that the Dealer purchases Notes as principal and does not resell such Notes on the day of such purchase, to the extent necessary to comply with Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder, the Dealer will sell such Notes either (i) only to offerees it reasonably believes to be Qualified Institutional Buyers or to Qualified Institutional Buyers it reasonably believes are acting for other Qualified Institutional Buyers, in each case in accordance with Rule 144A or (ii) in a manner which would not cause a violation of Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder.
2. Representations and Warranties of Issuer.
The Issuer represents and warrants that:
2.1
The Issuer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation and has all the requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Notes, this Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
2.2
This Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuer and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and



subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).
2.3
The Notes have been duly authorized, and when issued as provided in the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, will be duly and validly issued and will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).
2.4
The offer and sale of the Notes in the manner contemplated hereby do not require registration of the Notes under the Securities Act, pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) thereof, and no indenture in respect of the Notes is required to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.
2.5
The Notes will rank at least pari passu with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Issuer.
2.6
No consent or action of or filing or registration with, any governmental or public regulatory body or authority, including the SEC, is required to authorize, or is otherwise required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of, this Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, except as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Notes.
2.7
Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, nor the issuance of the Notes in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, nor the fulfillment of or compliance with the terms and provisions hereof or thereof by the Issuer, will (i) result in the creation or imposition of any mortgage, lien, charge or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever upon any of the properties or assets of the Issuer, or (ii) violate or result in a breach or a default under any of the terms of the Issuer’s charter documents or by-laws, any contract or instrument to which the Issuer is a party or by which it or its property is bound, or any law or regulation, or any order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or government instrumentality, to which the Issuer is subject or by which it or its property is bound, which breach or default is reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operations or business prospects of the Issuer or the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
2.8
Except as disclosed in the Private Placement Memorandum, there is no litigation or governmental proceeding pending, or to the knowledge of the Issuer threatened, against or affecting the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change in the financial condition, operations or business prospects of the Issuer or the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
2.9
The Issuer is not an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.



2.10
Neither the Private Placement Memorandum nor the Company Information contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
2.11
The Issuer has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to promote compliance by the Issuer, its subsidiaries and its respective directors, officers and employees with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, and the Issuer, its subsidiaries and to the knowledge of the Issuer, their respective employees, officers, directors and agents (in their capacity as such) that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the commercial paper program established hereby, are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects and are not engaged in any activity that would reasonably be expected to result in the Issuer being designated as a Sanctioned Person. None of the Issuer or any subsidiary is a Sanctioned Person.
2.12
Each (a) issuance of Notes by the Issuer hereunder and (b) amendment or supplement of the Private Placement Memorandum shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Issuer to the Dealer, as of the date thereof, that, both before and after giving effect to such issuance and after giving effect to such amendment or supplement, (i) the representations and warranties given by the Issuer set forth in this Section 2 remain true and correct on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date, (ii) in the case of an issuance of Notes, the Notes being issued on such date have been duly and validly issued and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law), (iii) in the case of an issuance of Notes, since the date of the most recent Private Placement Memorandum, there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition, operations or business prospects of the Issuer which has not been disclosed to the Dealer in writing and (iv) the Issuer is not in default of any of its obligations hereunder or under the Notes, or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
3. Covenants and Agreements of Issuer.
The Issuer covenants and agrees that:
3.1
The Issuer will give the Dealer prompt notice (but in any event prior to any subsequent issuance of Notes hereunder) of any amendment to, modification of or waiver with respect to, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, including a complete copy of any such amendment, modification or waiver.
3.2
The Issuer shall, whenever there shall occur any change in the Issuer’s financial condition, operations or business prospects or any development or occurrence in relation to the Issuer that would be material to holders of the Notes or potential holders of the Notes (including any downgrading or receipt of any written notice of intended downgrading or receipt of any written notice of review for potential change in the rating accorded any of the Issuer’s securities by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization which has published a rating of the Notes), promptly, and in any event prior to any subsequent issuance of Notes



hereunder, notify the Dealer (by telephone, confirmed in writing) of such change, development or occurrence.
3.3
The Issuer shall from time to time furnish to the Dealer such information as the Dealer may reasonably request, including, without limitation, any press releases or material provided by the Issuer to any national securities exchange or rating agency, regarding (i) the Issuer’s operations and financial condition, (ii) the due authorization and execution of the Notes and (iii) the Issuer’s ability to pay the Notes as they mature.
3.4
The Issuer will take all such action as the Dealer may reasonably request to ensure that each offer and each sale of the Notes will comply with any applicable state Blue Sky laws; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.
3.5
The Issuer will not be in default of any of its obligations hereunder, under the Notes or under the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, at any time that any of the Notes are outstanding.
3.6
The Issuer shall not issue Notes hereunder until the Dealer shall have received (a) an opinion of counsel to the Issuer, addressed to the Dealer, satisfactory in form and substance to the Dealer, (b) a copy of the executed Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement as then in effect, (c) a copy of resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, satisfactory in form and substance to the Dealer and certified by the Secretary or similar officer of the Issuer, authorizing execution and delivery by the Issuer of this Agreement, the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement and the Notes and consummation by the Issuer of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (d) prior to the issuance of any book-entry Notes represented by a master note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, a copy of the executed Letter of Representations among the Issuer, the Issuing and Paying Agent and DTC and of the executed master note, (e) prior to the issuance of any Notes in physical form, a copy of such form (unless attached to this Agreement or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement) and (f) such other certificates, opinions, letters and documents as the Dealer shall have reasonably requested.
3.7
The Issuer shall reimburse the Dealer for all of the Dealer’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses related to this Agreement, including reasonable expenses incurred in connection with its preparation and negotiation, and the transactions contemplated hereby (including, but not limited to, the printing and distribution of the Private Placement Memorandum), and, if applicable, for the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of the Dealer’s outside counsel.
3.8
Without limiting any obligation of the Issuer pursuant to this Agreement to provide the Dealer with credit and financial information, the Issuer hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Dealer may share the Company Information and any other information or matters relating to the Issuer or the transactions contemplated hereby with affiliates of the Dealer and that such affiliates may likewise share information relating to the Issuer or such transactions with the Dealer.



3.9
The Issuer shall not file a Form D (as referenced in Rule 503 under the Securities Act) at any time in respect of the offer or sales of the Notes.
3.10
The Issuer will not permit the proceeds of the Notes to be used directly or, to the knowledge of the Issuer, indirectly, (i) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws, (ii) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country, except, in each case, to the extent such use is licensed by OFAC and otherwise authorized under applicable law, or (iii) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto.
4. Disclosure.
4.1
The Private Placement Memorandum and its contents (other than the Dealer Information) shall be the sole responsibility of the Issuer. The Private Placement Memorandum shall contain a statement expressly offering an opportunity for each prospective purchaser to ask questions of and receive answers from, the Issuer concerning the offering of Notes and to obtain relevant additional information which the Issuer possesses or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense.
4.2
The Issuer agrees to promptly furnish the Dealer the Company Information as it becomes available; provided, however, that posting Company Information to the SEC’s EDGAR system or on the website of the Issuer shall constitute delivery of such Company Information to the Dealer as required hereunder.
4.3
(a)    The Issuer further agrees to notify the Dealer promptly upon the occurrence of any event relating to or affecting the Issuer that would cause the Company Information then in existence to include an untrue statement of a material fact or to omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.
(a)
In the event that the Issuer gives the Dealer notice pursuant to Section 4.3(a) and the Dealer notifies the Issuer that it then has Notes it is holding in inventory, the Issuer agrees promptly to supplement or amend the Private Placement Memorandum so that the Private Placement Memorandum, as amended or supplemented, shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and the Issuer shall make such supplement or amendment available to the Dealer.
(b)
In the event that (i) the Issuer gives the Dealer notice pursuant to Section 4.3(a), (ii) the Dealer does not notify the Issuer that it is then holding Notes in inventory and (iii) the Issuer chooses not to promptly amend or supplement the Private Placement Memorandum in the manner described in clause (b) above, then all solicitations and sales of Notes shall be suspended until such time as the Issuer has so amended or supplemented the Private Placement Memorandum, and made such amendment or supplement available to the Dealer.



(c)
Without limiting the generality of Section 4.3(a), the Issuer shall review, amend and supplement the Private Placement Memorandum on a periodic basis, but no less than at least once annually, to incorporate current financial information of the Issuer to the extent necessary to ensure that the information provided in the Private Placement Memorandum is accurate and complete.
5. Indemnification and Contribution.
5.1
The Issuer will indemnify and hold harmless the Dealer, each individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association or other entity controlling the Dealer, any affiliate of the Dealer or any such controlling entity and their respective directors, officers, employees, partners, incorporators, shareholders, servants, trustees and agents (hereinafter the “Indemnitees”) against any and all liabilities, penalties, suits, causes of action, losses, damages, claims, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) or judgments of whatever kind or nature (each a “Claim”), imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against the Indemnitees arising out of or based upon (i) any allegation that the Private Placement Memorandum, the Company Information or any information provided by the Issuer to the Dealer included (as of any relevant time) or includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted (as of any relevant time) or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or (ii) the breach by the Issuer of any agreement, covenant or representation made in or pursuant to this Agreement. The indemnification provided for in clause (i) of the immediately preceding sentence shall not apply to the extent that the Claim arises out of or is based upon Dealer Information, and the indemnification provided for in clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall not apply to the extent that the Claim arises out of or is based upon the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Dealer in the performance of, or the failure to perform, its obligations under this Agreement.
5.2
Provisions relating to claims made for indemnification under this Section 5 are set forth on Exhibit B to this Agreement.
5.3
In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is held to be unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless the Indemnitees, although applicable in accordance with the terms of this Section 5, the Issuer shall contribute to the aggregate costs incurred by the Dealer in connection with any Claim in the proportion of the respective economic interests of the Issuer and the Dealer; provided, however, that such contribution by the Issuer shall be in an amount such that the aggregate costs incurred by the Dealer do not exceed the aggregate of the commissions and fees earned by the Dealer hereunder with respect to the issue or issues of Notes to which such Claim relates. The respective economic interests shall be calculated by reference to the aggregate proceeds to the Issuer of the Notes issued hereunder and the aggregate commissions and fees earned by the Dealer hereunder.
6. Definitions.
6.1
“Anti-Corruption Laws” shall mean all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.



6.2
“Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
6.3
“Claim” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.
6.4
“Company Information” at any given time shall mean the Private Placement Memorandum together with, to the extent applicable, (i) the Issuer’s most recent report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC and each report on Form 10-Q or 8-K filed by the Issuer with the SEC since the most recent Form 10-K, (ii) the Issuer’s most recent annual audited financial statements and each interim financial statement or report prepared subsequent thereto, if not included in item (i) above, (iii) the Issuer’s and its affiliates’ other publicly available recent reports, including, but not limited to, any publicly available filings or reports provided to their respective shareholders, (iv) any other information or disclosure prepared pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof and (v) any information prepared or approved by the Issuer for dissemination to investors or potential investors in the Notes.
6.5
“Current Issuing and Paying Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.10.
6.6
“Dealer Information” shall mean material concerning the Dealer provided by the Dealer in writing expressly for inclusion in the Private Placement Memorandum.
6.7
“Exchange Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
6.8
“Indemnitee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.
6.9
“Institutional Accredited Investor” shall mean an institutional investor that is an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and that has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating and bearing the economic risk of an investment in the Notes, including, but not limited to, a bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or a savings and loan association or other institution, as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act, whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity.
6.10
“Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement” shall mean the issuing and paying agency agreement described on the cover page of this Agreement, or any such replacement thereof, as such agreement may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
6.11
“Issuing and Paying Agent” shall mean the party designated as such on the cover page of this Agreement, as issuing and paying agent under the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, or any successor thereto or replacement thereof, in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
6.12
“Non-bank fiduciary or agent” shall mean a fiduciary or agent other than (a) a bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or (b) a savings and loan association, as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act.
6.13
“Person” shall mean any natural person, corporation, firm, joint venture, partnership, limited liability company, association, enterprise, trust or other entity or organization, or any government or political subdivision or any agency, department or instrumentality thereof.



6.14
“Private Placement Memorandum” shall mean offering materials prepared in accordance with Section 4 (including materials referred to therein or incorporated by reference therein, if any) provided to purchasers and prospective purchasers of the Notes, and shall include amendments and supplements thereto which may be prepared from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (other than any amendment or supplement that has been completely superseded by a later amendment or supplement).
6.15
“Qualified Institutional Buyer” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
6.16
“Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.10.
6.17
“Replacement Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.10.
6.18
“Rule 144A” shall mean Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
6.19
“Sanctioned Country” means, at any time, a country, region or territory which is itself the subject or target of comprehensive Sanctions (at the time of this Agreement, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, Syria and Crimea).
6.20
“Sanctioned Person” means, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), the U.S. Department of State, or by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any European Union member state, (b) any Person operating, organized or ordinarily resident in a Sanctioned Country to the extent dealing with such Person would be prohibited by applicable Sanctions or (c) any Person 50% owned by any such Person or Persons described in the foregoing clause (a).
6.21
“Sanctions” means economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by OFAC or the U.S. Department of State or (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any European Union member state.
6.22
“SEC” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
6.23
“Securities Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
7. General
7.1
Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices under this Agreement to parties hereto shall be in writing and shall be effective when received at the address of the respective party set forth in the Addendum to this Agreement.
7.2
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws provisions.
7.3
The Issuer agrees that any suit, action or proceeding brought by the Issuer against the Dealer in connection with or arising out of this Agreement or the Notes or the offer and sale of the Notes shall be brought solely in the United States federal courts located in the Borough of Manhattan or the courts of the State of New York located in the Borough of



Manhattan. EACH OF THE DEALER AND THE ISSUER WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
7.4
This Agreement may be terminated, at any time, by the Issuer, upon one business day’s prior notice to such effect to the Dealer, or by the Dealer upon one business day’s prior notice to such effect to the Issuer. Any such termination, however, shall not affect the obligations of the Issuer under Sections 1.2 (first sentence), 3.7, 5 and 7.3 hereof or the respective representations, warranties, agreements, covenants, rights or responsibilities of the parties made or arising prior to the termination of this Agreement.
7.5
This Agreement is not assignable by either party hereto without the written consent of the other party; provided, however, that the Dealer may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any affiliate of the Dealer.
7.6
This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.
7.7
This Agreement is for the exclusive benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective permitted successors and assigns hereunder, and shall not be deemed to give any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim to any other person whatsoever.
7.8
The Issuer acknowledges and agrees that (i) the purchase and sale of the Notes pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Issuer, on the one hand, and the Dealer, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction, the Dealer is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Issuer, (iii) the Dealer has not assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Issuer with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether the Dealer has advised or is currently advising the Issuer on other matters) or any other obligation to the Issuer except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement and (iv) the Issuer has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Issuer agrees that it will not claim that the Dealer has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Issuer, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.
7.9
In the case of any agreement by a Dealer to purchase a Note hereunder (other than as agent) which provides for a settlement date that is three Business Days or more after the date of such agreement, the obligation of the Dealer to purchase the Note under such agreement shall be subject to the following conditions:
(a)
the representations and warranties given by the Issuer set forth above in Section 2 shall be true and correct on and as of the settlement date as if made on and as of such date, and the Issuer shall have performed all of its obligations hereunder to be performed as of such date,
(b)
since the date of the most recent Private Placement Memorandum, there shall have been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), operations or business prospects of the Issuer (whether occurring before or after



such agreement was entered into) which was not disclosed to the Dealer in writing prior to the time such agreement was entered into,
(c)
the Issuer shall not be in default of any of its obligations hereunder, under the Note or under the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement,
(d)
on or after the date of such agreement there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Issuer’s securities on the New York Stock Exchange; (iii) a general moratorium in commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in the reasonable judgment of the Dealer makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or the delivery of the Note on the terms and in the amount contemplated in the Private Placement Memorandum, and
(e)
on or after the date of such agreement (i) downgrading shall not have occurred in the rating accorded the Issuer’s debt securities by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization and such organization shall not have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Issuer’s debt securities.
7.10
The parties hereto agree that the Issuer may, in accordance with the terms of this Section 7.10, from time to time replace the party which is then acting as Issuing and Paying Agent (the “Current Issuing and Paying Agent”) with another party (such other party, the “Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent”), and enter into an agreement with the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent covering the provision of issuing and paying agency functions in respect of the Notes by the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent (the “Replacement Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement”) (any such replacement, a “Replacement”).
From and after the effective date of any Replacement, except to the extent that the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement provides that the Current Issuing and Paying Agent will continue to act in respect of Notes outstanding as of the effective date of such Replacement, the “Issuing and Paying Agent” for the Notes shall be deemed to be the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent, all references to the “Issuing and Paying Agent” hereunder shall be deemed to refer to the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent, and all references to the “Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement” hereunder shall be deemed to refer to the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
7.11
This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Issuer and the Dealer, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date and year first above written
Cardinal Health, Inc., as Issuer
 
Goldman Sachs & Co., as Dealer
By:
/s/ Sam Samad
 
By:
/s/ Nicholas Philip
Name:
Sam Samad
 
Name:
Nicholas Philip
Title:
Treasurer
 
Title:
Authorized Signatory






Addendum
The following additional clauses shall apply to the Agreement and be deemed a part thereof,
1.
The other dealers referred to in clause (b) of Section 1.2 of the Agreement are Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC.
2.
The addresses of the respective parties for the purposes of notices under Section 7.1 are as follows:
For the Issuer:
Address: Cardinal Health, Inc., 7000 Cardinal Place, Dublin, Ohio 43017
Attention: Scott Zimmerman, Assistant Treasurer
Telephone:      (###) ###-####
For the Dealer:
Address: 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282
Attention: Short Term Interest Rate Sales
Telephone Number:      (###) ###-####



Exhibit A
Form of Legend for Private Placement Memorandum and Notes
THE NOTES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW, AND OFFERS AND SALES THEREOF MAY BE MADE ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE PURCHASER WILL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT THAT (I) IT HAS BEEN AFFORDED AN OPPORTUNITY TO INVESTIGATE MATTERS RELATING TO THE ISSUER AND THE NOTES, (II) IT IS NOT ACQUIRING SUCH NOTE WITH A VIEW TO ANY DISTRIBUTION THEREOF AND (III) IT IS EITHER (A)(1) AN INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR THAT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a) UNDER THE ACT (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”) AND (2)(i) PURCHASING NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, (ii) A BANK (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(a)(2) OF THE ACT) OR A SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION OR OTHER INSTITUTION (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(a)(5)(A) OF THE ACT) ACTING IN ITS INDIVIDUAL OR FIDUCIARY CAPACITY OR (iii) A FIDUCIARY OR AGENT (OTHER THAN A U.S. BANK OR SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION) PURCHASING NOTES FOR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS EACH OF WHICH ACCOUNTS IS SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR; OR (B) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (“QIB”) WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS, EACH OF WHICH ACCOUNTS IS A QIB; AND THE PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS AWARE THAT THE SELLER MAY RELY UPON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A. BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE PURCHASER THEREOF SHALL ALSO BE DEEMED TO AGREE THAT ANY RESALE OR OTHER TRANSFER THEREOF WILL BE MADE ONLY (A) IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT, EITHER (1) TO THE ISSUER OR TO A PLACEMENT AGENT DESIGNATED BY THE ISSUER AS A PLACEMENT AGENT FOR THE NOTES (COLLECTIVELY, THE “PLACEMENT AGENTS”), NONE OF WHICH SHALL HAVE ANY OBLIGATION TO ACQUIRE SUCH NOTE, (2) THROUGH A PLACEMENT AGENT TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR A QIB, OR (3) TO A QIB IN A TRANSACTION THAT MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A AND (B) IN MINIMUM AMOUNTS OF $250,000.



Exhibit B
Further Provisions Relating to Indemnification
(a)
The Issuer agrees to reimburse each Indemnitee for all expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of internal and external counsel) as they are incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect of which indemnification may be sought under Section 5 of the Agreement (whether or not it is a party to any such proceedings) provided, however, that if it is found in any such action, proceeding or investigation that (1) any loss, claim, damage or liability of an Indemnitee (other than any Claim for which indemnification may be sought under clause (i) of Section 5.1 hereof) has resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitee in performing the services that are the subject of this Agreement or (2) any loss, claim, damage or liability of an Indemnitee (other than any Claim for which indemnification may be sought under clause (ii) of Section 5.1 hereof) has resulted from Dealer Information, the Indemnitee shall repay such portion of the reimbursed amounts that is attributable to expenses incurred in relation to the act or omission of the Indemnitee which is the subject of such finding.
(b)
Promptly after receipt by an Indemnitee of notice of the existence of a Claim, such Indemnitee will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Issuer, notify the Issuer in writing of the existence thereof; provided that (i) the omission to so notify the Issuer will not relieve the Issuer from any liability which it may have hereunder unless and except to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such Claim and such failure results in the forfeiture by the Issuer of substantial rights and defenses, and (ii) the omission to so notify the Issuer will not relieve it from liability which it may have to an Indemnitee otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In case any such Claim is made against any Indemnitee and it notifies the Issuer of the existence thereof, the Issuer will be entitled to participate therein, and to the extent that it may elect by written notice delivered to the Indemnitee, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnitee; provided that if the defendants in any such Claim include both the Indemnitee and the Issuer, and the Indemnitee shall have concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the Issuer, the Issuer shall not have the right to direct the defense of such Claim on behalf of such Indemnitee, and the Indemnitee shall have the right to select separate counsel to assert such legal defenses on behalf of such Indemnitee. Upon receipt of notice from the Issuer to such Indemnitee of the Issuer’s election to so assume the defense of such Claim and approval by the Indemnitee of counsel, the Issuer will not be liable to such Indemnitee for expenses incurred thereafter by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof (other than reasonable costs of investigation) unless (i) the Indemnitee shall have employed separate counsel in connection with the assertion of legal defenses in accordance with the proviso to the next preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that the Issuer shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (in addition to any local counsel in the jurisdiction in which any Claim is brought), approved by the Dealer, representing the Indemnitee who is party to such Claim), (ii) the Issuer shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee to represent the Indemnitee within a reasonable time after notice of existence of the Claim or (iii) the Issuer has authorized in writing the employment of counsel for the Indemnitee. The indemnity, reimbursement and contribution obligations of the Issuer hereunder shall be in addition to any other liability the Issuer may otherwise have to an Indemnitee and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of the Issuer and any Indemnitee. The Issuer agrees that without the Dealer’s prior written consent, it will not settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any Claim in respect of which



indemnification may be sought under the indemnification provision of the Agreement (whether or not the Dealer or any other Indemnitee is an actual or potential party to such Claim), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnitee from all liability arising out of such Claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or failure to act, by or on behalf of any Indemnitee.



Exhibit C
Statement of Terms for Interest Bearing Commercial Paper Notes of [Name of Issuer]
THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH BELOW ARE QUALIFIED TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE BY THE TRANSACTION SPECIFIC PRICING SUPPLEMENT (THE “SUPPLEMENT”) (IF ANY) SENT TO EACH PURCHASER AT THE TIME OF THE TRANSACTION.
1.
General . (a) The obligations of the Issuer to which these terms apply (each a “Note”) are represented by one or more Master Notes (each, a “Master Note”) issued in the name of (or of a nominee for) The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), which Master Note includes the terms and provisions for the Issuer’s Interest-Bearing Commercial Paper Notes that are set forth in this Statement of Terms, since this Statement of Terms constitutes an integral part of the Underlying Records as defined and referred to in the Master Note.
(b) “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law, executive order or regulation to be closed in New York City and, with respect to LIBOR Notes (as defined below) is also a London Business Day. “London Business Day” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.
2.
Interest . (a) Each Note will bear interest at a fixed rate (a “Fixed Rate Note”) or at a floating rate (a “Floating Rate Note”).
(b)      The Supplement sent to each holder of such Note will describe the following terms: (i) whether such Note is a Fixed Rate Note or a Floating Rate Note and whether such Note is an Original Issue Discount Note (as defined below); (ii) the date on which such Note will be issued (the “Issue Date”); (iii) the Stated Maturity Date (as defined below); (iv) if such Note is a Fixed Rate Note, the rate per annum at which such Note will bear interest, if any, and the Interest Payment Dates; (v) if such Note is a Floating Rate Note, the Base Rate, the Index Maturity, the Interest Reset Dates, the Interest Payment Dates and the Spread and/or Spread Multiplier, if any (all as defined below), and any other terms relating to the particular method of calculating the interest rate for such Note; and (vi) any other terms applicable specifically to such Note. “Original Issue Discount Note” means a Note which has a stated redemption price at the Stated Maturity Date that exceeds its Issue Price by more than a specified de minimis amount and which the Supplement indicates will be an “Original Issue Discount Note”.
(c)      Each Fixed Rate Note will bear interest from its Issue Date at the rate per annum specified in the Supplement until the principal amount thereof is paid or made available for payment. Interest on each Fixed Rate Note will be payable on the dates specified in the Supplement (each an “Interest Payment Date” for a Fixed Rate Note) and on the Maturity Date (as defined below). Interest on Fixed Rate Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
If any Interest Payment Date or the Maturity Date of a Fixed Rate Note falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the required payment of principal, premium, if any, and/or interest will be



payable on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest will accrue in respect of the payment made on that next succeeding Business Day.
(d) The interest rate on each Floating Rate Note for each Interest Reset Period (as defined below) will be determined by reference to an interest rate basis (a “Base Rate”) plus or minus a number of basis points (one basis point equals one-hundredth of a percentage point) (the “Spread”), if any, and/or multiplied by a certain percentage (the “Spread Multiplier”), if any, until the principal thereof is paid or made available for payment. The Supplement will designate which of the following Base Rates is applicable to the related Floating Rate Note: (a) the CD Rate (a “CD Rate Note”), (b) the Commercial Paper Rate (a “Commercial Paper Rate Note”), (c) the Federal Funds Rate (a “Federal Funds Rate Note”), (d) LIBOR (a “LIBOR Note”), (e) the Prime Rate (a “Prime Rate Note”), (f) the Treasury Rate (a “Treasury Rate Note”) or (g) such other Base Rate as may be specified in such Supplement.
The rate of interest on each Floating Rate Note will be reset daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly or semiannually (the “Interest Reset Period”). The date or dates on which interest will be reset (each an “Interest Reset Date”) will be, unless otherwise specified in the Supplement, in the case of Floating Rate Notes which reset daily, each Business Day, in the case of Floating Rate Notes (other than Treasury Rate Notes) that reset weekly, the Wednesday of each week; in the case of Treasury Rate Notes that reset weekly, the Tuesday of each week; in the case of Floating Rate Notes that reset monthly, the third Wednesday of each month; in the case of Floating Rate Notes that reset quarterly, the third Wednesday of March, June, September and December; and in the case of Floating Rate Notes that reset semiannually, the third Wednesday of the two months specified in the Supplement. If any Interest Reset Date for any Floating Rate Note is not a Business Day, such Interest Reset Date will be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day, except that in the case of a LIBOR Note, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar month, such Interest Reset Date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day. Interest on each Floating Rate Note will be payable monthly, quarterly or semiannually (the “Interest Payment Period”) and on the Maturity Date. Unless otherwise specified in the Supplement, and except as provided below, the date or dates on which interest will be payable (each an “Interest Payment Date” for a Floating Rate Note) will be, in the case of Floating Rate Notes with a monthly Interest Payment Period, on the third Wednesday of each month; in the case of Floating Rate Notes with a quarterly Interest Payment Period, on the third Wednesday of March, June, September and December; and in the case of Floating Rate Notes with a semiannual Interest Payment Period, on the third Wednesday of the two months specified in the Supplement. In addition, the Maturity Date will also be an Interest Payment Date.
If any Interest Payment Date for any Floating Rate Note (other than an Interest Payment Date occurring on the Maturity Date) would otherwise be a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Payment Date shall be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day, except that in the case of a LIBOR Note, if such Business Day is in the
next succeeding calendar month, such Interest Payment Date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day. If the Maturity Date of a Floating Rate Note falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment of principal and interest will be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no interest on such payment shall accrue for the period from and after such maturity.
Interest payments on each Interest Payment Date for Floating Rate Notes will include accrued interest from and including the Issue Date or from and including the last date in respect of



which interest has been paid, as the case may be, to, but excluding, such Interest Payment Date. On the Maturity Date, the interest payable on a Floating Rate Note will include interest accrued to, but excluding, the Maturity Date. Accrued interest will be calculated by multiplying the principal amount of a Floating Rate Note by an accrued interest factor. This accrued interest factor will be computed by adding the interest factors calculated for each day in the period for which accrued interest is being calculated. The interest factor (expressed as a decimal) for each such day will be computed by dividing the interest rate applicable to such day by 360, in the cases where the Base Rate is the CD Rate, Commercial Paper Rate, Federal Funds Rate, LIBOR or Prime Rate, or by the actual number of days in the year, in the case where the Base Rate is the Treasury Rate. The interest rate in effect on each day will be (i) if such day is an Interest Reset Date, the interest rate with respect to the Interest Determination Date (as defined below) pertaining to such Interest Reset Date, or (ii) if such day is not an Interest Reset Date, the interest rate with respect to the Interest Determination Date pertaining to the next preceding Interest Reset Date, subject in either case to any adjustment by a Spread and/or a Spread Multiplier.
The “Interest Determination Date” where the Base Rate is the CD Rate or the Commercial Paper Rate will be the second Business Day next preceding an Interest Reset Date. The Interest Determination Date where the Base Rate is the Federal Funds Rate or the Prime Rate will be the Business Day next preceding an Interest Reset Date. The Interest Determination Date where the Base Rate is LIBOR will be the second London Business Day next preceding an Interest Reset Date. The Interest Determination Date where the Base Rate is the Treasury Rate will be the day of the week in which such Interest Reset Date falls when Treasury Bills are normally auctioned. Treasury Bills are normally sold at auction on Monday of each week, unless that day is a legal holiday, in which case the auction is held on the following Tuesday or the preceding Friday. If an auction is so held on the preceding Friday, such Friday will be the Interest Determination Date pertaining to the Interest Reset Date occurring in the next succeeding week.
The “Index Maturity” is the period to maturity of the instrument or obligation from which the applicable Base Rate is calculated.
The “Calculation Date,” where applicable, shall be the earlier of (i) the tenth calendar day following the applicable Interest Determination Date or (ii) the Business Day preceding the applicable Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date.
All times referred to herein reflect New York City time, unless otherwise specified.
The Issuer shall specify in writing to the Issuing and Paying Agent which party will be the calculation agent (the “Calculation Agent”) with respect to the Floating Rate Notes. The Calculation Agent will provide the interest rate then in effect and, if determined, the interest rate which will become effective on the next Interest Reset Date with respect to such Floating Rate Note to the Issuing and Paying Agent as soon as the interest rate with respect to such Floating Rate Note has been determined and as soon as practicable after any change in such interest rate.
All percentages resulting from any calculation on Floating Rate Notes will be rounded to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five-one millionths of a percentage point rounded upwards. For example, 9.876545% (or .09876545) would be rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655). All dollar amounts used in or resulting from any



calculation on Floating Rate Notes will be rounded, in the case of U.S. dollars, to the nearest cent or, in the case of a foreign currency, to the nearest unit (with one-half cent or unit being rounded upwards).
CD Rate Notes
“CD Rate” means the rate on any Interest Determination Date for negotiable certificates of deposit having the Index Maturity as published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”) in “Statistical Release H.15(519), Selected Interest Rates” or any successor publication of the FRB (“H.15(519)”) under the heading “CDs (Secondary Market)”.
If the above rate is not published in H.15(519) by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the CD Rate will be the rate on such Interest Determination Date set forth in the daily update of H.15(519), available through the world wide website of the FRB at http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h15/Update, or any successor site or publication or other recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate (“H.15 Daily Update”) under the caption “CDs (Secondary Market)”.
If such rate is not published in either H.15(519) or H.15 Daily Update by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Calculation Agent will determine the CD Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the secondary market offered rates as of 10:00 a.m. on such Interest Determination Date of three leading nonbank dealers 1 in negotiable U.S. dollar certificates of deposit in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent for negotiable U.S. dollar certificates of deposit of major United States money center banks of the highest credit standing in the market for negotiable certificates of deposit with a remaining maturity closest to the Index Maturity in the denomination of $5,000,000.
If the dealers selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as set forth above, the CD Rate will remain the CD Rate then in effect on such Interest Determination Date.
Commercial Paper Rate Notes
“Commercial Paper Rate” means the Money Market Yield (calculated as described below) of the rate on any Interest Determination Date for commercial paper having the Index Maturity, as published in H.15(519) under the heading “Commercial Paper-Nonfinancial”. If the above rate is not published in H.15(519) by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, then the Commercial Paper Rate will be the Money Market Yield of the rate on such Interest Determination Date for commercial paper of the Index Maturity as published in H.15 Daily Update under the heading “Commercial Paper-Nonfinancial”.
If by 3:00 p.m. on such Calculation Date such rate is not published in either H.15(519) or H.15 Daily Update, then the Calculation Agent will determine the Commercial Paper Rate to be the Money Market Yield of the arithmetic mean of the offered rates as of 11:00 a.m. on such Interest Determination Date of three leading dealers of U.S. dollar commercial paper in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent for commercial paper of the Index Maturity placed for an industrial issuer whose bond rating is “AA,” or the equivalent, from a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
If the dealers selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned above, the Commercial Paper Rate with respect to such Interest Determination Date will remain the Commercial Paper Rate then in effect on such Interest Determination Date.
__________________
1  
Such nonbank dealers referred to in this Statement of Terms may include affiliates of the Dealer.



“Money Market Yield” will be a yield calculated in accordance with the following formula:
Money Market Yield =
D x 360
  x  100
360 - ( D x M )
where “D” refers to the applicable per annum rate for commercial paper quoted on a bank discount basis and expressed as a decimal and “M” refers to the actual number of days in the interest period for which interest is being calculated.
Federal Funds Rate Notes
“Federal Funds Rate” means the rate on any Interest Determination Date for federal funds as published in H.15(519) under the heading “Federal Funds (Effective)” and displayed on Reuters Page (as defined below) FEDFUNDS1 (or any other page as may replace the specified page on that service) (“Reuters Page FEDFUNDS1”) under the heading EFFECT.
If the above rate does not appear on Reuters Page FEDFUNDS1 or is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Federal Funds Rate will be the rate on such Interest Determination Date as published in H.15 Daily Update under the heading “Federal Funds/(Effective)”.
If such rate is not published as described above by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Calculation Agent will determine the Federal Funds Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the rates for the last transaction in overnight U.S. dollar federal funds arranged by each of three leading brokers of Federal Funds transactions in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent prior to 9:00 a.m. on such Interest Determination Date.
If the brokers selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned above, the Federal Funds Rate will remain the Federal Funds Rate then in effect on such Interest Determination Date.
“Reuters Page” means the display on the Reuters 3000 Xtra Service, or any successor service, on the page or pages specified in this Statement of Terms or the Supplement, or any replacement page on that service.
LIBOR Notes
The London Interbank offered rate (“LIBOR”) means, with respect to any Interest Determination Date, the rate for deposits in U.S. dollars having the Index Maturity that appears on the Designated LIBOR Page as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on such Interest Determination Date.
If no rate appears, LIBOR will be determined on the basis of the rates at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such Interest Determination Date at which deposits in U.S. dollars are offered to prime banks in the London interbank market by four major banks in such market selected by the Calculation Agent for a term equal to the Index Maturity and in principal amount equal to an amount that in the Calculation Agent’s judgment is representative for a single transaction in U.S. dollars in such market at such time (a “Representative Amount”). The Calculation Agent will request the principal London office of each of such banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such quotations are provided, LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided, LIBOR for such interest period will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted at approximately 11:00 a.m., in New York City, on such Interest Determination Date by three major banks in New York City, selected by the Calculation Agent, for loans in U.S. dollars to leading



European banks, for a term equal to the Index Maturity and in a Representative Amount; provided, however, that if fewer than three banks so selected by the Calculation Agent are providing such quotations, the then existing LIBOR rate will remain in effect for such Interest Payment Period.
“Designated LIBOR Page” means the display on the Reuters 3000 Xtra Service (or any successor service) on the “LIBOR01” page (or any other page as may replace such page on such service) for the purpose of displaying the London interbank rates of major banks.
Prime Rate Notes
“Prime Rate” means the rate on any Interest Determination Date as published in H.15(519) under the heading “Bank Prime Loan”.
If the above rate is not published in H.15(519) prior to 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, then the Prime Rate will be the rate on such Interest Determination Date as published in H.15 Daily Update opposite the caption “Bank Prime Loan”.
If the rate is not published prior to 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date in either H.15(519) or H.15 Daily Update, then the Calculation Agent will determine the Prime Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the rates of interest publicly announced by each bank that appears on the
Reuters Screen US PRIME1 Page (as defined below) as such bank’s prime rate or base lending rate as of 11:00 a.m., on that Interest Determination Date.
If fewer than four such rates referred to above are so published by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Calculation Agent will determine the Prime Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the prime rates or base lending rates quoted on the basis of the actual number of days in the year divided by 360 as of the close of business on such Interest Determination Date by three major banks in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent.
If the banks selected are not quoting as mentioned above, the Prime Rate will remain the Prime Rate in effect on such Interest Determination Date.
“Reuters Screen US PRIME1 Page” means the display designated as page “US PRIME1” on the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service (or such other page as may replace the US PRIME1 page on that service for the purpose of displaying prime rates or base lending rates of major United States banks).
Treasury Rate Notes
“Treasury Rate” means:
(1) the rate from the auction held on the Interest Determination Date (the “Auction”) of direct obligations of the United States (“Treasury Bills”) having the Index Maturity specified in the Supplement under the caption “INVEST RATE” on the display on the Reuters Page designated as USAUCTION10 (or any other page as may replace that page on that service) or the Reuters Page designated as USAUCTION11 (or any other page as may replace that page on that service), or
(2) if the rate referred to in clause (1) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the Bond Equivalent Yield (as defined below) of the rate for the applicable Treasury Bills as



published in H.15 Daily Update, under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Auction High”, or
(3) if the rate referred to in clause (2) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the Bond Equivalent Yield of the auction rate of the applicable Treasury Bills as announced by the United States Department of the Treasury, or
(4) if the rate referred to in clause (3) is not so announced by the United States Department of the Treasury, or if the Auction is not held, the Bond Equivalent Yield of the rate on the particular Interest Determination Date of the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H.15(519) under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Secondary Market”, or
(5) if the rate referred to in clause (4) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the rate on the particular Interest Determination Date of the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H.15 Daily Update, under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Secondary Market”, or
(6) if the rate referred to in clause (5) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the rate on the particular Interest Determination Date calculated by the Calculation Agent as the Bond Equivalent Yield of the arithmetic mean of the secondary market bid rates, as of approximately 3:30 p.m. on that Interest Determination Date, of three primary United States government securities dealers selected by the Calculation Agent, for the issue of Treasury Bills with a remaining maturity closest to the Index Maturity specified in the Supplement, or
(7) if the dealers so selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned in clause (6), the Treasury Rate in effect on the particular Interest Determination Date.
“Bond Equivalent Yield” means a yield (expressed as a percentage) calculated in accordance with the following formula:
Bond Equivalent Yield =
D x N
  x  100
360 - ( D x M )
where “D” refers to the applicable per annum rate for Treasury Bills quoted on a bank discount basis and expressed as a decimal, “N” refers to 365 or 366, as the case may be, and “M” refers to the actual number of days in the applicable Interest Reset Period.
3.
Final Maturity . The Stated Maturity Date for any Note will be the date so specified in the Supplement, which shall be no later than 364 days from the date of issuance. On its Stated Maturity Date, or any date prior to the Stated Maturity Date on which the particular Note becomes due and payable by the declaration of acceleration, each such date being referred to as a Maturity Date, the principal amount of such Note, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, will be immediately due and payable.
4.
Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” with respect to a Note: (i) default in any payment of principal of or interest on such Note (including on a redemption thereof); (ii) the Issuer makes any compromise arrangement with its creditors generally including the entering into any form of moratorium with its creditors generally; (iii) a court having jurisdiction shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of the Issuer in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or there shall be appointed a receiver, administrator, liquidator, custodian, trustee or sequestrator (or similar officer)



with respect to the whole or substantially the whole of the assets of the Issuer and any such decree, order or appointment is not removed, discharged or withdrawn within 60 days thereafter; or (iv) the Issuer shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, administrator, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official), with respect to the whole or substantially the whole of the assets of the Issuer or make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the principal of each obligation evidenced by such Note (together with interest accrued and unpaid thereon) shall become, without any notice or demand, immediately due and payable. 1  
5.
Obligation Absolute . No provision of the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement under which the Notes are issued shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on each Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.
6.
Supplement . Any term contained in the Supplement shall supersede any conflicting term contained herein.



Exhibit 10.5




Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement
4(a)(2) Program
    

Between:
Cardinal Health, Inc ., as Issuer
and
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC , as Dealer
Concerning Notes to be issued pursuant to an
Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement dated as of August 9, 2006,
as amended February 28, 2007 and November 22, 2016
between the Issuer and
The Bank of New York, as Issuing
and Paying Agent

Dated as of
November 22, 2016

    



Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement
4(a)(2) Program
This agreement (the “Agreement”) sets forth the understandings between the Issuer and the Dealer, each named on the cover page hereof, in connection with the issuance and sale by the Issuer of its short-term promissory notes (the “Notes”) through the Dealer.
Certain terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 6 hereof.
The Addendum to this Agreement, and any Annexes or Exhibits described in this Agreement or such Addendum, are hereby incorporated into this Agreement and made fully a part hereof.
1.
Offers, Sales and Resales of Notes.
1.1
While (i) the Issuer has and shall have no obligation to sell the Notes to the Dealer or to permit the Dealer to arrange any sale of the Notes for the account of the Issuer, and (ii) the Dealer has and shall have no obligation to purchase the Notes from the Issuer or to arrange any sale of the Notes for the account of the Issuer, the parties hereto agree that in any case where the Dealer purchases Notes from the Issuer, or arranges for the sale of Notes by the Issuer, such Notes will be purchased or sold by the Dealer in reliance on the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the Issuer contained herein or made pursuant hereto and on the terms and conditions and in the manner provided herein.
1.2
So long as this Agreement shall remain in effect, and in addition to the limitations contained in Section 1.7 hereof, the Issuer shall not, without the consent of the Dealer, offer, solicit or accept offers to purchase, or sell, any Notes except (a) in transactions with one or more dealers which may from time to time after the date hereof become dealers with respect to the Notes by executing with the Issuer one or more agreements which contain provisions substantially identical to those contained in Section 1 of this Agreement, of which the Issuer hereby undertakes to provide the Dealer prompt notice or (b) in transactions with the other dealers listed on the Addendum hereto, which are executing agreements with the Issuer which contain provisions substantially identical to Section 1 of this Agreement contemporaneously herewith. In no event shall the Issuer offer, solicit or accept offers to purchase, or sell, any Notes directly on its own behalf in transactions with persons other than the Dealer or other broker-dealers as specifically permitted in this Section 1.2.
1.3
The Notes shall be in a minimum denomination of $250,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, will bear such interest rates, if interest bearing, or will be sold at such discount from their face amounts, as shall be agreed upon by the Dealer and the Issuer, shall have a maturity not exceeding 364 days from the date of issuance and may have such terms as are specified in Exhibit C hereto or the Private Placement Memorandum. The Notes shall not contain any provision for extension, renewal or automatic “rollover.”
1.4
The authentication and issuance of, and payment for, the Notes shall be effected in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, and the Notes shall be either individual physical certificates or book-entry notes evidenced by one or more master notes (each, a “Master Note”) registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee, in the form or forms annexed to the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.



1.5
If the Issuer and the Dealer shall agree on the terms of the purchase of any Note by the Dealer or the sale of any Note arranged by the Dealer (including, but not limited to, agreement with respect to the date of issue, purchase price, principal amount, maturity and interest rate or interest rate index and margin (in the case of interest-bearing Notes) or discount thereof (in the case of Notes issued on a discount basis), and appropriate compensation for the Dealer’s services hereunder) pursuant to this Agreement, the Issuer shall cause such Note to be issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement and payment for such Note shall be made by the purchaser thereof, either directly or through the Dealer, to the Issuing and Paying Agent, for the account of the Issuer. Except as otherwise agreed, in the event that the Dealer is acting as an agent and a purchaser shall either fail to accept delivery of or make payment for a Note on the date fixed for settlement, the Dealer shall promptly notify the Issuer, and if the Dealer has theretofore paid the Issuer for the Note, the Issuer will promptly return such funds to the Dealer against its return of the Note to the Issuer, in the case of a certificated Note, and upon notice of such failure in the case of a book-entry Note. If such failure occurred for any reason other than default by the Dealer, the Issuer shall reimburse the Dealer on an equitable basis for the Dealer’s loss of the use of such funds for the period such funds were credited to the Issuer’s account.
1.6
The Dealer and the Issuer hereby establish and agree to observe the following procedures in connection with offers, sales and subsequent resales or other transfers of the Notes:
(a)
Offers and sales of the Notes by or through the Dealer shall be made only to: (i) investors reasonably believed by the Dealer to be Qualified Institutional Buyers or Institutional Accredited Investors and (ii) non-bank fiduciaries or agents that will be purchasing Notes for one or more accounts, each of which is reasonably believed by the Dealer to be an Institutional Accredited Investor.
(b)
Resales and other transfers of the Notes by the holders thereof shall be made only in accordance with the restrictions in the legend described in clause (e) below.
(c)
No general solicitation or general advertising shall be used in connection with the offering of the Notes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, without the prior written approval of the Dealer, the Issuer shall not issue any press release, make any other statement to any member of the press making reference to the Notes, the offer or sale of the Notes, or this Agreement or place or publish any “tombstone” or other advertisement relating to the Notes, or the offer or sale of the Notes. To the extent permitted by applicable securities laws, the Issuer shall (i) omit the names of the Dealer from any publicly available filing by the Issuer that makes reference to the offer or sale of the Notes or this Agreement, (ii) not include a copy of this Agreement in any such filing or as an exhibit thereto, and (iii)redact the Dealer’s name and any contact or other information that could identify the Dealer from any agreement or other information included in such filing.
(d)
No sale of Notes to any one purchaser shall be for less than $250,000 principal or face amount, and no Note shall be issued in a smaller principal or face amount. If the purchaser is a non-bank fiduciary acting on behalf of others, each person for whom such purchaser is acting must purchase at least $250,000 principal or face amount of Notes.



(e)
Offers and sales of the Notes by the Issuer through the Dealer acting as agent for the Issuer shall be made in accordance with Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, and shall be subject to the restrictions described in the legend appearing on Exhibit A hereto. A legend substantially to the effect of such Exhibit A shall appear as part of the Private Placement Memorandum used in connection with offers and sales of Notes hereunder, as well as on each individual certificate representing a Note and each Master Note representing book-entry Notes offered and sold pursuant to this Agreement.
(f)
The Dealer shall furnish or make available or shall have furnished or made available to each purchaser of Notes for which it has acted as the Dealer a copy of the then-current Private Placement Memorandum unless such purchaser has previously received or had made available to it a copy of the Private Placement Memorandum as then in effect. The Private Placement Memorandum shall expressly state that any person to whom Notes are offered shall have an opportunity to ask questions of and receive information from, the Issuer and the Dealer and shall provide the names, addresses and telephone numbers of the persons from whom information regarding the Issuer may be obtained.
(g)
The Issuer agrees, for the benefit of the Dealer and each of the holders and prospective purchasers from time to time of the Notes that, if at any time the Issuer shall not be subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Issuer will furnish, upon request and at its expense, to the Dealer and to holders and prospective purchasers of Notes information required by Rule 144A(d)(4)(i) in compliance with Rule 144A(d).
(h)
In the event that any Note offered or to be offered by the Dealer would be ineligible for resale under Rule 144A, the Issuer shall immediately notify the Dealer (by telephone, confirmed in writing) of such fact and shall promptly prepare and deliver to the Dealer an amendment or supplement to the Private Placement Memorandum describing the Notes that are ineligible, the reason for such ineligibility and any other relevant information relating thereto.
(i)
The Issuer represents that it is not currently issuing commercial paper in the United States market in reliance upon the exemption provided by Section 3(a)(3) of the Securities Act. The Issuer agrees that, if it shall issue commercial paper after the date hereof in reliance upon such exemption (a) the proceeds from the sale of the Notes will be segregated from the proceeds of the sale of any such commercial paper by being placed in a separate account; (b) the Issuer will institute appropriate corporate procedures to ensure that the offers and sales of notes issued by the Issuer pursuant to the Section 3(a)(3) exemption are not integrated with offerings and sales of Notes hereunder; and (c) the Issuer will comply with each of the requirements of Section 3(a)(3) of the Securities Act in selling commercial paper or other short-term debt securities other than the Notes in the United States.
1.7
The Issuer hereby represents and warrants to the Dealer, in connection with offers, sales and resales of Notes, as follows:
(a)
The Issuer hereby confirms to the Dealer that (except as permitted by Section 1.6(i)) within the preceding six months neither the Issuer nor any person other than the



Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof acting on behalf of the Issuer has offered or sold any Notes, or any substantially similar security of the Issuer (including, without limitation, medium-term notes issued by the Issuer), to, or solicited offers to buy any such security from, any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof. The Issuer also agrees that (except as permitted by Section 1.6(i)), as long as the Notes are being offered for sale by the Dealer and the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof as contemplated hereby and until at least six months after the offer of Notes hereunder has been terminated, neither the Issuer nor any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof (except as contemplated by Section 1.2 hereof) will offer the Notes or any substantially similar security of the Issuer for sale to, or solicit offers to buy any such security from, any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof, it being understood that such agreement is made with a view to bringing the offer and sale of the Notes within the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and shall survive any termination of this Agreement. The Issuer hereby represents and warrants that it has not taken or omitted to take, and will not take or omit to take, any action that would cause the offering and sale of Notes hereunder to be integrated with any other offering of securities, whether such offering is made by the Issuer or some other party or parties.
(b)
The Issuer represents and agrees that the proceeds of the sale of the Notes are not currently contemplated to be used for the purpose of buying, carrying or trading securities within the meaning of Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. In the event that the Issuer determines to use such proceeds for the purpose of buying, carrying or trading securities, whether in connection with an acquisition of another company or otherwise, the Issuer shall give the Dealer at least five business days’ prior written notice to that effect. The Issuer shall also give the Dealer prompt notice of the actual date that it commences to purchase securities with the proceeds of the Notes. Thereafter, in the event that the Dealer purchases Notes as principal and does not resell such Notes on the day of such purchase, to the extent necessary to comply with Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder, the Dealer will sell such Notes either (i) only to offerees it reasonably believes to be Qualified Institutional Buyers or to Qualified Institutional Buyers it reasonably believes are acting for other Qualified Institutional Buyers, in each case in accordance with Rule 144A or (ii) in a manner which would not cause a violation of Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder.
2.
Representations and Warranties of Issuer.
The Issuer represents and warrants that:
2.1
The Issuer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation and has all the requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Notes, this Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
2.2
This Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuer and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of



the Issuer enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).
2.3
The Notes have been duly authorized, and when issued as provided in the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, will be duly and validly issued and will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).
2.4
The offer and sale of the Notes in the manner contemplated hereby do not require registration of the Notes under the Securities Act, pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) thereof, and no indenture in respect of the Notes is required to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.
2.6
The Notes will rank at least pari passu with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Issuer.
2.7
No consent or action of or filing or registration with, any governmental or public regulatory body or authority, including the SEC, is required to authorize, or is otherwise required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of, this Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, except as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Notes.
2.8
Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, nor the issuance of the Notes in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, nor the fulfillment of or compliance with the terms and provisions hereof or thereof by the Issuer, will (i) result in the creation or imposition of any mortgage, lien, charge or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever upon any of the properties or assets of the Issuer, or (ii) violate or result in a breach or a default under any of the terms of the Issuer’s charter documents or by-laws, any contract or instrument to which the Issuer is a party or by which it or its property is bound, or any law or regulation, or any order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or government instrumentality, to which the Issuer is subject or by which it or its property is bound, which breach or default is reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operations or business prospects of the Issuer or the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
2.9
Except as disclosed in the Private Placement Memorandum, there is no litigation or governmental proceeding pending, or to the knowledge of the Issuer threatened, against or affecting the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change in the financial condition, operations or business prospects of the Issuer or the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
2.10
The Issuer is not an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.



2.11
Neither the Private Placement Memorandum nor the Company Information contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
2.12
The Issuer has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to promote compliance by the Issuer, its subsidiaries and its respective directors, officers and employees with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, and the Issuer, its subsidiaries and to the knowledge of the Issuer, their respective employees, officers, directors and agents (in their capacity as such) that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the commercial paper program established hereby, is in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects and are not engaged in any activity that would reasonably be expected to result in the Issuer being designated as a Sanctioned Person. None of the Issuer or any subsidiary is a Sanctioned Person.
2.13
Each (a) issuance of Notes by the Issuer hereunder and (b) amendment or supplement of the Private Placement Memorandum shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Issuer to the Dealer, as of the date thereof, that, both before and after giving effect to such issuance and after giving effect to such amendment or supplement, (i) the representations and warranties given by the Issuer set forth in this Section 2 remain true and correct on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date, (ii) in the case of an issuance of Notes, the Notes being issued on such date have been duly and validly issued and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (iii) in the case of an issuance of Notes, since the date of the most recent Private Placement Memorandum, there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition, operations or business prospects of the Issuer which has not been disclosed to the Dealer in writing and (iv) the Issuer is not in default of any of its obligations hereunder or under the Notes, or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
3.
Covenants and Agreements of Issuer.
The Issuer covenants and agrees that:
3.1
The Issuer will give the Dealer prompt notice (but in any event prior to any subsequent issuance of Notes hereunder) of any amendment to, modification of or waiver with respect to, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, including a complete copy of any such amendment, modification or waiver.
3.2
The Issuer will give the Dealer prompt notice (but in any event prior to any subsequent issuance of Notes hereunder) of any amendment to, modification of or waiver with respect to, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, including a complete copy of any such amendment, modification or waiver.
3.3
The Issuer shall, whenever there shall occur any change in the Issuer’s financial condition, operations or business prospects or any development or occurrence in relation to the Issuer that would be material to holders of the Notes or potential holders of the Notes (including



any downgrading or receipt of any written notice of intended downgrading or receipt of any written notice of review for potential change in the rating accorded any of the Issuer’s securities by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization which has published a rating of the Notes), promptly, and in any event prior to any subsequent issuance of Notes hereunder, notify the Dealer (by telephone, confirmed in writing) of such change, development or occurrence.
3.4
The Issuer shall from time to time furnish to the Dealer such information as the Dealer may reasonably request, including, without limitation, any press releases or material provided by the Issuer to any national securities exchange, regarding (i) the Issuer’s operations and financial condition, (ii) the due authorization and execution of the Notes and (iii) the Issuer’s ability to pay the Notes as they mature.
3.5
The Issuer will take all such action as the Dealer may reasonably request to ensure that each offer and each sale of the Notes will comply with any applicable state Blue Sky laws; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.
3.6
The Issuer will not be in default of any of its obligations hereunder, under the Notes or under the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, at any time that any of the Notes are outstanding.
3.7
The Issuer shall not issue Notes hereunder until the Dealer shall have received (a) an opinion of counsel to the Issuer, addressed to the Dealer, satisfactory in form and substance to the Dealer, (b) a copy of the executed Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement as then in effect, (c) a copy of resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the issuer, satisfactory in form and substance to the Dealer and certified by the Secretary or similar officer of the Issuer, authorizing execution and delivery by the Issuer of this Agreement, the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement and the Notes and consummation by the Issuer of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (d) prior to the issuance of any book-entry Notes represented by a master note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, a copy of the executed Letter of Representations among the issuer, the Issuing and Paying Agent and DTC and of the executed master note, (e) prior to the issuance of any Notes in physical form, a copy of such form (unless attached to this Agreement or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement) and (f) such other certificates, opinions, letters and documents as the Dealer shall have reasonably requested.
3.8
The Issuer shall reimburse the Dealer for all of the Dealer’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses related to this Agreement, including reasonable expenses incurred in connection with its preparation and negotiation, and the transactions contemplated hereby (including, but not limited to, the printing and distribution of the Private Placement Memorandum), and, if applicable, for the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of the Dealer’s outside counsel.
3.9
Without limiting any obligation of the Issuer pursuant to this Agreement to provide the Dealer with credit and financial information, the Issuer hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Dealer may share the Company Information and any other information or matters relating to the Issuer or the transactions contemplated hereby with affiliates of the Dealer,



including, but not limited to, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and that such affiliates may likewise share information relating to the Issuer or such transactions with the Dealer.
3.10
The Issuer shall not file a Form D (as referenced in Rule 503 under the Securities Act) at any time in respect of the offer or sale of the Notes.
4.
Disclosure.
4.1
The Private Placement Memorandum and its contents (other than the Dealer Information) shall be the sole responsibility of the Issuer. The Private Placement Memorandum shall contain a statement expressly offering an opportunity for each prospective purchaser to ask questions of and receive answers from, the Issuer concerning the offering of Notes and to obtain relevant additional information which the Issuer possesses or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense.
4.2
(a) The Issuer further agrees to notify the Dealer promptly upon the occurrence of any event relating to or affecting the Issuer that would cause the Company Information then in existence to include an untrue statement of a material fact or to omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.
(b)
In the event that the Issuer gives the Dealer notice pursuant to Section 4.2(a) and the Dealer notifies the Issuer that it then has Notes it is holding in inventory, the Issuer agrees promptly to supplement or amend the Private Placement Memorandum so that the Private Placement Memorandum, as amended or supplemented, shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and the Issuer shall make such supplement or amendment available to the Dealer.
(c)
In the event that (i) the Issuer gives the Dealer notice pursuant to Section 4.2(a), (ii) the Dealer does not notify the Issuer that it is then holding Notes in inventory and (iii) the Issuer chooses not to promptly amend or supplement the Private Placement Memorandum in the manner described in clause (b) above, then all solicitations and sales of Notes shall be suspended until such time as the Issuer has so amended or supplemented the Private Placement Memorandum, and made such amendment or supplement available to the Dealer.
5.
Indemnification and Contribution.
5.1
Unless prohibited by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, the Issuer will indemnify and hold harmless the Dealer, each individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association or other entity controlling the Dealer, any affiliate of the Dealer or any such controlling entity and their respective directors, officers, employees, partners, incorporators, shareholders, servants, trustees and agents (hereinafter the “Indemnitees”) against any and all liabilities, penalties, suits, causes of action, losses, damages, claims, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) or judgments of whatever kind or nature (each a “Claim”), imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against the Indemnitees arising out of or based upon (i) any allegation that the Private Placement Memorandum, the



Company Information or any information provided by the Issuer to the Dealer included (as of any relevant time) or includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted (as of any relevant time) or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or (ii) arising out of or based upon the breach by the Issuer of any agreement, covenant or representation made in or pursuant to this Agreement which has a material adverse effect on the Dealer or the holders of the Notes. This indemnification shall not apply to the extent that the Claim arises out of or is based upon Dealer Information or the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Dealer in the performance of, or the failure to perform, its obligations under this Agreement, as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.
5.2
Provisions relating to claims made for indemnification under this Section 5 are set forth on Exhibit B to this Agreement.
5.3
In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is held to be unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless the Indemnitees, although applicable in accordance with the terms of this Section 5, the Issuer shall contribute to the aggregate costs incurred by the Dealer in connection with any Claim in the proportion of the respective economic interests of the Issuer and the Dealer; provided, however, that such contribution by the Issuer shall be in an amount such that the aggregate costs incurred by the Dealer do not exceed the aggregate of the commissions and fees earned by the Dealer hereunder with respect to the issue or issues of Notes to which such Claim relates. The respective economic interests shall be calculated by reference to the aggregate proceeds to the Issuer of the Notes issued hereunder and the aggregate commissions and fees earned by the Dealer hereunder.
6.
Definitions.
6.1
“Anti-Corruption Laws” shall mean all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.
6.2
“Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
6.3
“Claim” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.
6.4
“Company Information” at any given time shall mean the Private Placement Memorandum together with, to the extent applicable, (i) the Issuer’s most recent report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC and each report on Form 10-Q or 8-K filed by the Issuer with the SEC since the most recent Form 10-K, (ii) the Issuer’s most recent annual audited financial statements and each interim financial statement or report prepared subsequent thereto, if not included in item (1) above, (iii) the Issuer’s and its affiliates’ other publicly available recent reports, including, but not limited to, any publicly available filings or reports provided to their respective shareholders,(iv) any other information or disclosure prepared pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof and (v) any information prepared or approved by the Issuer for dissemination to investors or potential investors in the Notes.



6.5
“Current Issuing and Paying Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.10.
6.6
“Dealer Information” shall mean material concerning the Dealer provided by the Dealer in writing expressly for inclusion in the Private Placement Memorandum.
6.7
“Exchange Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
6.8
“Indemnitee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.
6.9
“Institutional Accredited Investor” shall mean an institutional investor that is an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and that has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating and bearing the economic risk of an investment in the Notes, including, but not limited to, a bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or a savings and loan association or other institution, as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act, whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity.
6.10
“Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement” shall mean the issuing and paying agency agreement described on the cover page of this Agreement, or any such replacement thereof, as such agreement may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
6.11
“Issuing and Paying Agent” shall mean the party designated as such on the cover page of this Agreement, as issuing and paying agent under the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, or any successor thereto or replacement thereof, in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
6.12
“Non-bank fiduciary or agent” shall mean a fiduciary or agent other than (a) a bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or (b) a savings and loan association, as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act.
6.13
“Person” shall mean any natural person, corporation, firm, joint venture, partnership, limited liability company, association, enterprise, trust or other entity or organization, or any government or political subdivision or any agency, department or instrumentality thereof.
6.14
“Private Placement Memorandum” shall mean offering materials prepared in accordance with Section 4 (including materials referred to therein or incorporated by reference therein, if any) provided to purchasers and prospective purchasers of the Notes, and shall include amendments and supplements thereto which may be prepared from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (other than any amendment or supplement that has been completely superseded by a later amendment or supplement),
6.15
“Qualified Institutional Buyer” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
6.16
“Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(i).
6.17
“Replacement Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.10.



6.18
“Rule 144A” shall mean Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
6.19
“Sanctioned Country” means, at any time, a country, region or territory which is itself the subject or target of comprehensive Sanctions (at the time of this Agreement, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, Syria and Crimea).
6.20
“Sanctioned Person” means, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), the U.S. Department of State, or by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any European Union member state, (b) any Person operating, organized or ordinarily resident in a Sanctioned Country to the extent dealing with such Person would be prohibited by applicable Sanctions or (c) any Person 50% owned by any such Person or Persons described in the foregoing clause (a).
6.21
“Sanctions” means economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by OFAC or the U.S. Department of State or (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any European Union member state.
6.22
“SEC” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
6.23
“Securities Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
7.
General
7.1
Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices under this Agreement to parties hereto shall be in writing and shall be effective when received at the address of the respective party set forth in the Addendum to this Agreement.
7.2
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws provisions.
7.3
The Issuer agrees that any suit, action or proceeding brought by the Issuer against the Dealer in connection with or arising out of this Agreement or the Notes or the offer and sale of the Notes shall be brought solely in the United States federal courts located in the Borough of Manhattan or the courts of the State of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan. EACH OF THE DEALER AND THE ISSUER WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
7.4
This Agreement may be terminated, at any time, by the Issuer, upon one business day’s prior notice to such effect to the Dealer, or by the Dealer upon one business day’s prior notice to such effect to the Issuer. Any such termination, however, shall not affect the obligations of the Issuer under Sections 1.2 (first sentence), 3.7, 5 and 7.3 hereof or the respective representations, warranties, agreements, covenants, rights or responsibilities of the parties made or arising prior to the termination of this Agreement.
7.5
This Agreement is not assignable by either party hereto without the written consent of the other party; provided, however, that the Dealer may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any affiliate of the Dealer.



7.6
This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.
7.7
This Agreement is for the exclusive benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective permitted successors and assigns hereunder, and shall not be deemed to give any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim to any other person whatsoever.
7.8
The Issuer acknowledges and agrees that (i) the purchase and sale of the Notes pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Issuer, on the one hand, and the Dealer, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction the Dealer is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Issuer, (iii) the Dealer has not assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Issuer with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether the Dealer has advised or is currently advising the Issuer on other matters) or any other obligation to the Issuer except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement and (iv) the Issuer has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Issuer agrees that it will not claim that the Dealer has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Issuer, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.
7.9
In the case of any agreement by a Dealer to purchase a Note hereunder (other than as agent) which provides for a settlement date that is three Business Days or more after the date of such agreement, the obligation of the Dealer to purchase the Note under such agreement shall be subject to the following conditions:
(a)
the representations and warranties given by the Issuer set forth above in Section 2 shall be true and correct on and as of the settlement date as if made on and as of such date, and the Issuer shall have performed all of its obligations hereunder to be performed as of such date,
(b)
since the date of the most recent Private Placement Memorandum, there shall have been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), operations or business prospects of the Issuer (whether occurring before or after such agreement was entered into) which was not disclosed to the Dealer in writing prior to the time such agreement was entered into,
(c)
the Issuer shall not be in default of any of its obligations hereunder, under the Note or under the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement,
(d)
on or after the date of such agreement there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Issuer’s securities on the New York Stock Exchange; (iii) a general moratorium in commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or



elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in the reasonable judgment of the Dealer makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or the delivery of the Note on the terms and in the amount contemplated in the Private Placement Memorandum, and
(e)
on or after the date of such agreement (i) downgrading shall not have occurred in the rating accorded the Issuer’s debt securities by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization and such organization shall not have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Issuer’s debt securities.
7.10
The parties hereto agree that the Issuer may, in accordance with the terms of this Section 7.10, from time to time replace the party which is then acting as Issuing and Paying Agent (the “Current Issuing and Paying Agent”) with another party (such other party, the “Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent”), and enter into an agreement with the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent covering the provision of issuing and paying agency functions in respect of the Notes by the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent (the “Replacement Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement”) (any such replacement, a “Replacement”). From and after the effective date of any Replacement, except to the extent that the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement provides that the Current Issuing and Paying Agent will continue to act in respect of Notes outstanding as of the effective date of such Replacement, the “Issuing and Paying Agent” for the Notes shall be deemed to be the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent, all references to the “Issuing and Paying Agent” hereunder shall be deemed to refer to the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent, and all references to the “Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement” hereunder shall be deemed to refer to the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral between the Issuer and the Dealer, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date and year first above written.
Cardinal Health, Inc., as Issuer
 
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as Dealer
By:
/s/ Sam Samad
 
By:
/s/ Steven P. Shorkey
Name:
Sam Samad
 
Name:
Steven P. Shorkey
Title:
Treasurer
 
Title:
Director




Addendum
The following additional clauses shall apply to the Agreement and be deemed a part thereof,
1.
The other dealers referred to in clause (b) of Section 1.2 of the Agreement are Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Goldman Sachs & Co., SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.
2.
The addresses of the respective parties for the purposes of notices under Section 7.1 are as follows:
For the Issuer:

Address: Cardinal Health, Inc., 7000 Cardinal Place, Dublin, Ohio 43017
Attention: Scott Zimmerman, Assistant Treasurer
Telephone:      (###) ###-####

For the Dealer:

Address: 550 South Tryon Street, MAC D1086-051
Charlotte, North Carolina 28202
Attention: Commercial Paper Origination
Telephone Number:      (###) ###-####
Fax Number: (###) ###-####




Exhibit A
Form of Legend for Private Placement Memorandum and Notes
THE NOTES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW, AND OFFERS AND SALES THEREOF MAY BE MADE ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE PURCHASER WILL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT THAT (I) IT HAS BEEN AFFORDED AN OPPORTUNITY TO INVESTIGATE MATTERS RELATING TO THE ISSUER AND THE NOTES, (II) IT IS NOT ACQUIRING SUCH NOTE WITH A VIEW TO ANY DISTRIBUTION THEREOF AND (III) IT IS EITHER (A)(1) AN INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR THAT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a) UNDER THE ACT (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”) AND (2)(i) PURCHASING NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, (ii) A BANK (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(a)(2) OF THE ACT) OR A SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION OR OTHER INSTITUTION (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(a)(5)(A) OF THE ACT) ACTING IN ITS INDIVIDUAL OR FIDUCIARY CAPACITY OR (iii) A FIDUCIARY OR AGENT (OTHER THAN A U.S. BANK OR SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION) PURCHASING NOTES FOR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS EACH OF WHICH ACCOUNTS IS SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ; OR (B) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (“QIB”) WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS, EACH OF WHICH ACCOUNTS IS A QIB; AND THE PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS AWARE THAT THE SELLER MAY RELY UPON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A. BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE PURCHASER THEREOF SHALL ALSO BE DEEMED TO AGREE THAT ANY RESALE OR OTHER TRANSFER THEREOF WILL BE MADE ONLY (A) IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT, EITHER (1) TO THE ISSUER OR TO A PLACEMENT AGENT DESIGNATED BY THE ISSUER AS A PLACEMENT AGENT FOR THE NOTES (COLLECTIVELY, THE “PLACEMENT AGENTS”), NONE OF WHICH SHALL HAVE ANY OBLIGATION TO ACQUIRE SUCH NOTE, (2) THROUGH A PLACEMENT AGENT TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR A QIB, OR (3) TO A QIB IN A TRANSACTION THAT MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A AND (B) IN MINIMUM AMOUNTS OF $250,000.



Exhibit B
Further Provisions Relating to Indemnification
(a)
The Issuer agrees to reimburse each Indemnitee for all expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of internal and external counsel) as they are incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect of which indemnification may be sought under Section 5 of the Agreement (whether or not it is a party to any such proceedings) provided, however, that if it is found in any such action, proceeding or investigation that any loss, claim, damage or liability of an Indemnitee has resulted from the Dealer Information or the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitee in performing the services that are the subject of this Agreement, as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, the Indemnitee shall repay such portion of the reimbursed amounts that is attributable to expenses incurred in relation to the act or omission of the Indemnitee which is the subject of such finding.
(b)
Promptly after receipt by an Indemnitee of notice of the existence of a Claim, such Indemnitee will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Issuer, notify the Issuer in writing of the existence thereof; provided that (i) the omission so to notify the Issuer will not relieve the Issuer from any liability which it may have hereunder unless and except to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such Claim and such failure results in the forfeiture by the Issuer of substantial rights and defenses, and (ii) the omission so to notify the Issuer will not relieve it from liability which it may have to an Indemnitee otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In case any such Claim is made against any Indemnitee and it notifies the Issuer of the existence thereof, the Issuer will be entitled to participate therein, and to the extent that it may elect by written notice delivered to the Indemnitee, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnitee; provided that if the defendants in any such Claim include both the Indemnitee and the Issuer, and the Indemnitee shall have concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the Issuer, the Issuer shall not have the right to direct the defense of such Claim on behalf of such Indemnitee, and the Indemnitee shall have the right to select separate counsel to assert such legal defenses on behalf of such Indemnitee. Upon receipt of notice from the Issuer to such Indemnitee of the Issuer’s election so to assume the defense of such Claim and approval by the Indemnitee of counsel, the Issuer will not be liable to such Indemnitee for expenses incurred thereafter by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof (other than reasonable costs of investigation) unless (i) the Indemnitee shall have employed separate counsel in connection with the assertion of legal defenses in accordance with the proviso to the next preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that the Issuer shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (in addition to any local counsel in the jurisdiction in which any Claim is brought), approved by the Dealer, representing the Indemnitee who is party to such Claim), (ii) the Issuer shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee to represent the Indemnitee within a reasonable time after notice of existence of the Claim or (iii) the Issuer has authorized in writing the employment of counsel for the Indemnitee. The indemnity, reimbursement and contribution obligations of the Issuer hereunder shall be in addition to any other liability the Issuer may otherwise have to an Indemnitee and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of the Issuer and any Indemnitee. The Issuer agrees that without the Dealer’s prior written consent, it will not settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any Claim in respect of which indemnification may be sought under the indemnification provision of the Agreement (whether or not the Dealer or any other Indemnitee is an actual or potential party to such Claim),



unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnitee from all liability arising out of such Claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or failure to act, by or on behalf of any Indemnitee.



Exhibit C
Statement of Terms for Interest — Bearing Commercial Paper Notes of [Name of Issuer]
THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH BELOW ARE QUALIFIED TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE BY THE TRANSACTION SPECIFIC ‘PRICING’ ‘PRIVATE PLACEMENT MEMORANDUM’ SUPPLEMENT (THE “SUPPLEMENT”) (IF ANY) SENT TO EACH PURCHASER AT THE TIME OF THE TRANSACTION.
1.
General . (a) The obligations of the Issuer to which these terms apply (each a “Note”) are represented by one or more Master Notes (each, a “Master Note”) issued in the name of (or of a nominee for) The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), which Master Note includes the terms and provisions for the Issuer’s Interest-Bearing Commercial Paper Notes that are set forth in this Statement of Terms, since this Statement of Terms constitutes an integral part of the Underlying Records as defined and referred to in the Master Note.
(b) “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law, executive order or regulation to be closed in New York City and, with respect to LIBOR Notes (as defined below) is also a London Business Day. “London Business Day” means, a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.
2.
Interest . (a) Each Note will bear interest at a fixed rate (a “Fixed Rate Note”) or at a floating rate (a “Floating Rate Note”).
(b)      The Supplement sent to each holder of such Note will describe the following terms: (i) whether such Note is a Fixed Rate Note or a Floating Rate Note and whether such Note is an Original Issue Discount Note (as defined below); (ii) the date on which such Note will be issued (the “Issue Date”); (iii) the Stated Maturity Date (as defined below); (iv) if such Note is a Fixed Rate Note, the rate per annum at which such Note will bear interest, if any, and the Interest Payment Dates; (v) if such Note is a Floating Rate Note, the Base Rate, the Index Maturity, the Interest Reset Dates, the Interest Payment Dates and the Spread and/or Spread Multiplier, if any (all as defined below), and any other terms relating to the particular method of calculating the interest rate for such Note; and (vi) any other terms applicable specifically to such Note. “Original Issue Discount Note” means a Note which has a stated redemption price at the Stated Maturity Date that exceeds its Issue Price by more than a specified de minimis amount and which the Supplement indicates will be an “Original Issue Discount Note”.
(c)      Each Fixed Rate Note will bear interest from its Issue Date at the rate per annum specified in the Supplement until the principal amount thereof is paid or made available for payment. Interest on each Fixed Rate Note will be payable on the dates specified in the Supplement (each an “Interest Payment Date” for a Fixed Rate Note) and on the Maturity Date (as defined below). Interest on Fixed Rate Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
If any Interest Payment Date or the Maturity Date of a Fixed Rate Note falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the required payment of principal, premium, if any, and/or interest will be payable on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest will accrue in respect of the payment made on that next succeeding Business Day.



(d) The interest rate on each Floating Rate Note for each Interest Reset Period (as defined below) will be determined by reference to an interest rate basis (a “Base Rate”) plus or minus a number of basis points (one basis point equals one-hundredth of a percentage point) (the “Spread”), if any, and/or multiplied by a certain percentage (the “Spread Multiplier”), if any, until the principal thereof is paid or made available for payment. The Supplement will designate which of the following Base Rates is applicable to the related Floating Rate Note: (a) the CD Rate (a “CD Rate Note”), (b) the Commercial Paper Rate (a “Commercial Paper Rate Note”), (c) the Federal Funds Rate (a “Federal Funds Rate Note”), (d) LIBOR (a “LIBOR Note”), (e) the Prime Rate (a “Prime Rate Note”), (f) the Treasury Rate (a “Treasury Rate Note”) or (g) such other Base Rate as may be specified in such Supplement.
The rate of interest on each Floating Rate Note will be reset daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly or semiannually (the “Interest Reset Period”). The date or dates on which interest will be reset (each an “Interest Reset Date”) will be, unless otherwise specified in the Supplement, in the case of Floating Rate Notes which reset daily, each Business Day, in the case of Floating Rate Notes (other than Treasury Rate Notes) that reset weekly, the Wednesday of each week; in the case of Treasury Rate Notes that reset weekly, the Tuesday of each week; in the case of Floating Rate Notes that reset monthly, the third Wednesday of each month; in the case of Floating Rate Notes that reset quarterly, the third Wednesday of March, June, September and December; and in the case of Floating Rate Notes that reset semiannually, the third Wednesday of the two months specified in the Supplement. If any Interest Reset Date for any Floating Rate Note is not a Business Day, such Interest Reset Date will be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day, except that in the case of a LIBOR Note, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar month, such Interest Reset Date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day. Interest on each Floating Rate Note will be payable monthly, quarterly or semiannually (the “Interest Payment Period”) and on the Maturity Date. Unless otherwise specified in the Supplement, and except as provided below, the date or dates on which interest will be payable (each an “Interest Payment Date” for a Floating Rate Note) will be, in the case of Floating Rate Notes with a monthly Interest Payment Period, on the third Wednesday of each month; in the case of Floating Rate Notes with a quarterly Interest Payment Period, on the third Wednesday of March, June, September and December; and in the case of Floating Rate Notes with a semiannual Interest Payment Period, on the third Wednesday of the two months specified in the Supplement. In addition, the Maturity Date will also be an Interest Payment Date.
If any Interest Payment Date for any Floating Rate Note (other than an Interest Payment Date occurring on the Maturity Date) would otherwise be a day that is not a Business Day, such interest Payment Date shall be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day, except that in the case of a LIBOR Note, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar month, such Interest Payment Date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day. If the Maturity Date of a Floating Rate Note falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment of principal and interest will be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no interest on such payment shall accrue for the period from and after such maturity.
Interest payments on each interest Payment Date for Floating Rate Notes will include accrued interest from and including the Issue Date or from and including the last date in respect of which interest has been paid, as the case may be, to, but excluding, such Interest Payment Date. On the Maturity Date, the interest payable on a Floating Rate Note will include interest accrued to, but excluding, the Maturity Date. Accrued interest will be calculated by multiplying the principal amount of a Floating Rate Note by an accrued interest factor. This accrued interest factor will be



computed by adding the interest factors calculated for each day in the period for which accrued interest is being calculated. The interest factor (expressed as a decimal) for each such day will be computed by dividing the interest rate applicable to such day by 360, in the cases where the Base Rate is the CD Rate, Commercial Paper Rate, Federal Funds Rate, LIBOR or Prime Rate, or by the actual number of days in the year, in the case where the Base Rate is the Treasury Rate. The interest rate in effect on each day will be (I) if such day is an Interest Reset Date, the interest rate with respect to the Interest Determination Date (as defined below) pertaining to such Interest Reset Date, or (ii) if such day is not an Interest Reset Date, the interest rate with respect to the Interest Determination Date pertaining to the next preceding Interest Reset Date, subject in either case to any adjustment by a Spread and/or a Spread Multiplier.
The “Interest Determination Date” where the Base Rate is the CD Rate or the Commercial Paper Rate will be the second Business Day next preceding an Interest Reset Date. The Interest Determination Date where the Base Rate is the Federal Funds Rate or the Prime Rate will be the Business Day next preceding an Interest Reset Date. The Interest Determination Date where the Base Rate is LIBOR will be the second London Business Day next preceding an Interest Reset Date. The Interest Determination Date where the Base Rate is the Treasury Rate will be the day of the week in which such Interest Reset Date falls when Treasury Bills are normally auctioned. Treasury Bills are normally sold at auction on Monday of each week, unless that day is a legal holiday, in which case the auction is held on the following Tuesday or the preceding Friday. If an auction is so held on the preceding Friday, such Friday will be the Interest Determination Date pertaining to the Interest Reset Date occurring in the next succeeding week.
The “Index Maturity” is the period to maturity of the instrument or obligation from which the applicable Base Rate is calculated.
The “Calculation Date,” where applicable, shall be the earlier of (i) the tenth calendar day following the applicable Interest Determination Date or (ii) the Business Day preceding the applicable Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date.
All times referred to herein reflect New York City time, unless otherwise specified.
The Issuer shall specify in writing to the Issuing and Paying Agent which party will be the calculation agent (the “Calculation Agent”) with respect to the Floating Rate Notes. The Calculation Agent will provide the interest rate then in effect and, if determined, the interest rate which will become effective on the next Interest Reset Date with respect to such Floating Rate Note to the Issuing and Paying Agent as soon as the interest rate with respect to such Floating Rate Note has been determined and as soon as practicable after any change in such interest rate.
All percentages resulting from any calculation on Floating Rate Notes will be rounded to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five-one millionths of a percentage point rounded upwards. For example, 9,876545% (or .09876545) would be rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655). All dollar amounts used in or resulting from any calculation on Floating Rate Notes will be rounded, in the case of U.S. dollars, to the nearest cent or, in the case of a foreign currency, to the nearest unit (with one-half cent or unit being rounded upwards).
CD Rate Notes
“CD Rate” means the rate on any Interest Determination Date for negotiable certificates of deposit having the Index Maturity as published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the



“FRB”) in “Statistical Release H.15(519), Selected Interest Rates” or any successor publication of the FRB (“H.15(519)”) under the heading “CDs (Secondary Market)”.
If the above rate is not published in H.15(519) by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Calculation Date, the CD Rate will be the rate on such Interest Determination Date set forth in the daily update of H.15(519), available through the world wide website of the FRB at http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h15/Update, or any successor site or publication or other recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate (“HAS Daily Update”) under the caption “CDs (Secondary Market)”.
If such rate is not published in either H.15(519) or H.15 Daily Update by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Calculation Date, the Calculation Agent will determine the CD Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the secondary market offered rates as of 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on such Interest Determination Date of three leading nonbank dealers 1 in negotiable U.S. dollar certificates of deposit in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent for negotiable U.S. dollar certificates of deposit of major United States money center banks of the highest credit standing in the market for negotiable certificates of deposit with a remaining maturity closest to the Index Maturity in the denomination of $5,000,000.
If the dealers selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as set forth above, the CD Rate will remain the CD Rate then in effect on such Interest Determination Date.
Commercial Paper Rate Notes
“Commercial Paper Rate” means the Money Market Yield (calculated as described below) of the rate on any Interest Determination Date for commercial paper having the Index Maturity, as published in H.15(519) under the heading “Commercial Paper-Nonfinancial”. The above rate is not published in H.15(519) by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, then the Commercial Paper Rate will be the Money Market Yield of the rate on such Interest Determination Date for commercial paper of the Index Maturity as published in H.15 Daily Update under the heading “Commercial Paper-Nonfinancial”.
If by 3:00 p.m. on such Calculation Date such rate is not published in either H.15(519) or H.15 Daily Update, then the Calculation Agent will determine the Commercial Paper Rate to be the Money Market Yield of the arithmetic mean of the offered rates as of 11:00 a.m. on such Interest Determination Date of three leading dealers of U.S. dollar commercial paper in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent for commercial paper of the Index Maturity placed for an industrial issuer whose bond rating is “AA,” or the equivalent, from a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
If the dealers selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned above, the Commercial Paper Rate with respect to such Interest Determination Date will remain the Commercial Paper Rate then in effect on such Interest Determination Date.
“Money Market Yield” will be a yield calculated in accordance with the following formula:
Money Market Yield =
D x 360
  x  100
360 - ( D x M )
__________________
1  
Such nonbank dealers referred to in this Statement of Terms may include affiliates of the Dealer.



where “D” refers to the applicable per annum rate for commercial paper quoted on a bank discount basis and expressed as a decimal and “M” refers to the actual number of days in the interest period for which interest is being calculated.
Federal Funds Rate Notes
“Federal Funds Rate” means the rate on any Interest Determination Date for federal funds as published in 1-1.15(519) under the heading “Federal Funds (Effective)” and displayed on Moneyline Telerate 1          (or any successor service) on page 120 (or any other page as may replace the specified page on that service) (“Telerate Page 120”).
If the above rate does not appear on Telerate Page 120 or is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Federal Funds Rate will be the rate on such Interest Determination Date as published in II.15 Daily Update under the heading “Federal Funds/(Effective)”.
If such rate is not published as described above by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Calculation Agent will determine the Federal Funds Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the rates for the last transaction in overnight U.S. dollar federal funds arranged by each of three leading brokers of Federal Funds transactions in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent prior to 9:00 a.m. on such Interest Determination Date.
If the brokers selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned above, the Federal Funds Rate will remain the Federal Funds Rate then in effect on such Interest Determination Date.
LIBOR Notes
The London Interbank offered rate (“LIBOR”) means, with respect to any Interest Determination Date, the rate for deposits in U.S. dollars having the Index Maturity that appears on the Designated LIBOR Page as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on such Interest Determination Date.
If no rate appears, LIBOR will be determined on the basis of the rates at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such Interest Determination Date at which deposits in U.S. dollars are offered to prime banks in the London interbank market by four major banks in such market selected by the Calculation Agent for a term equal to the Index Maturity and in principal amount equal to an amount that in the Calculation Agent’s judgment is representative for a single transaction in U.S. dollars in such market at such time (a “Representative Amount”). The Calculation Agent will request the principal London office of each of such banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such quotations are provided, LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided, LIBOR for such interest period will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted at approximately 11:00 a.m., in New York City, on such Interest Determination Date by three major banks in New York City, selected by the Calculation Agent, for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks, for a term equal to the Index Maturity and in a Representative Amount; provided, however, that if fewer than three banks so selected by the Calculation Agent are providing such quotations, the then existing LIBOR rate will remain in effect for such Interest Payment Period.
“Designated LIBOR Page” means the display designated as page “3750” on Moneyline Telerate (or such other page as may replace the 3750 page on that service or such other service or services as may
___________________
1     WFS: Moneyline Telerate no longer exists - please replace with Reuters, Bloomberg, or another provider throughout.



be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association for the purposes of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits).
Prime Rate Notes
“Prime Rate” means the rate on any Interest Determination Date as published in H.15(519) under the heading “Bank Prime Loan”.
If the above rate is not published in H.15(519) prior to 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, then the Prime Rate will be the rate on such Interest Determination Date as published in H.15 Daily Update opposite the caption “Bank Prime Loan”.
If the rate is not published prior to 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date in either H.15(519) or H, 15 Daily Update, then the Calculation Agent will determine the Prime Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the rates of interest publicly announced by each bank that appears on the Reuters Screen US PRIME! Page (as defined below) as such bank’s prime rate or base lending rate as of 11:00 a.m., on that Interest Determination Date.
If fewer than four such rates referred to above are so published by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Calculation Agent will determine the Prime Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the prime rates or base lending rates quoted on the basis of the actual number of clays in the year divided by 360 as of the close of business on such Interest Determination Date by three major banks in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent.
If the banks selected are not quoting as mentioned above, the Prime Rate will remain the Prime Rate in effect on such Interest Determination Date.
“Reuters Screen US PRIME1 Page” means the display designated as page “US PRIME1” on the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service (or such other page as may replace the US PRIME1 page on that service for the purpose of displaying prime rates or base lending rates of major United States banks).
Treasury Rate Notes “Treasury Rate” means:
(1)      the rate from the auction held on the Interest Determination Date (the “Auction”) of direct obligations of the United States (“Treasury Bills”) having the Index Maturity specified in the Supplement under the caption “INVESTMENT RATE” on the display on Moneyline Telerate (or any successor service) on page 56 (or any other page as may replace that page on that service) (“Telerate Page 56”) or page 57 (or any other page as may replace that page on that service) (“Telerate Page 57”), or
(2)      if the rate referred to in clause (1) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the Bond Equivalent Yield (as defined below) of the rate for the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H.15 Daily Update, under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Auction High”, or
(3)      if the rate referred to in clause (2) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the Bond Equivalent Yield of the auction rate of the applicable Treasury Bills as announced by the United States Department of the Treasury, or



(4)      if the rate referred to in clause (3) is not so announced by the United States Department of the Treasury, or if the Auction is not held, the Bond Equivalent Yield of the rate on the particular Interest Determination Date of the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H,15(519) under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Secondary Market”, or
(5)      if the rate referred to in clause (4) not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the rate on the particular Interest Determination Date of the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H.15 Daily Update, under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Secondary Market”, or
(6)      if the rate referred to in clause (5) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the rate on the particular Interest Determination Date calculated by the Calculation Agent as the Bond Equivalent Yield of the arithmetic mean of the secondary market bid rates, as of approximately 3:30 p.m. on that Interest Determination Date, of three primary United States government securities dealers selected by the Calculation Agent, for the issue of Treasury Bills with a remaining maturity closest to the Index Maturity specified in the Supplement, or
(7)      if the dealers so selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned in clause (6), the Treasury Rate in effect on the particular Interest Determination Date.
“Bond Equivalent Yield” means a yield (expressed as a percentage) calculated in accordance with the following formula:
Bond Equivalent Yield =
D x N
  x  100
360 - ( D x M )
where “D” refers to the applicable per annum rate for Treasury Bills quoted on a bank discount basis and expressed as a decimal, “N” refers to 365 or 366, as the case may be, and “M” refers to the actual number of days in the applicable Interest Reset Period.
3.
Final Maturity . The Stated Maturity Date for any Note will be the date so specified in the Supplement, which shall be no later than 364 days from the date of issuance. On its Stated Maturity Date, or any date prior to the Stated Maturity Date on which the particular Note becomes due and payable by the declaration of acceleration, each such date being referred to as a Maturity Date, the principal amount of each Note, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, will be immediately due and payable,
4.
Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” with respect to a Note: (i) default in any payment of principal of or interest on such Note (including on a redemption thereof); (ii) the Issuer makes any compromise arrangement with its creditors generally including the entering into any form of moratorium with its creditors generally; (iii) a court having jurisdiction shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of the Issuer in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or there shall be appointed a receiver, administrator, liquidator, custodian, trustee or sequestrator (or similar officer) with respect to the whole or substantially the whole of the assets of the Issuer and any such decree, order or appointment is not removed, discharged or withdrawn within 60 days thereafter; or (iv) the Issuer shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, administrator, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee or



sequestrator (or similar official), with respect to the whole or substantially the whole of the assets of the Issuer or make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the principal of each obligation evidenced by such Note (together with interest accrued and unpaid thereon) shall become, without any notice or demand, immediately due and payable. 2         
5.
Obligation Absolute . No provision of the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement under which the Notes are issued shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on each Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.
6.
Supplement . Any term contained in the Supplement shall supersede any conflicting term contained herein.
















___________________________
2  
Unlike single payment notes, where a default arises only at the stated maturity. interest-bearing notes with multiple payment dates should contain a default provision permitting acceleration of the maturity if the Issuer defaults on an interest payment.


Exhibit 10.6




Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement
4(a)(2) Program

Between:
Cardinal Health, Inc ., as Issuer
and
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC , as Dealer
Concerning Notes to be issued pursuant to an
Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement dated as of August 9, 2006,
as amended February 28, 2007 and November 22, 2016
between the Issuer and
The Bank of New York, as Issuing
and Paying Agent

Dated as of
November 22, 2016
    



Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement
4(a)(2) Program
This agreement (the “Agreement”) sets forth the understandings between the Issuer and the Dealer, each named on the cover page hereof, in connection with the issuance and sale by the Issuer of its short-term promissory notes (the “Notes”) through the Dealer.
Certain terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 6 hereof.
The Addendum to this Agreement, and any Annexes or Exhibits described in this Agreement or such Addendum, are hereby incorporated into this Agreement and made fully a part hereof.
1.
Offers, Sales and Resales of Notes.
1.1
While (i) the Issuer has and shall have no obligation to sell the Notes to the Dealer or to permit the Dealer to arrange any sale of the Notes for the account of the Issuer, and (ii) the Dealer has and shall have no obligation to purchase the Notes from the Issuer or to arrange any sale of the Notes for the account of the Issuer, the parties hereto agree that in any case where the Dealer purchases Notes from the Issuer, or arranges for the sale of Notes by the Issuer, such Notes will be purchased or sold by the Dealer in reliance on the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the Issuer contained herein or made pursuant hereto and on the terms and conditions and in the manner provided herein.
1.2
So long as this Agreement shall remain in effect, and in addition to the limitations contained in Section 1.7 hereof, the Issuer shall not, without the consent of the Dealer, offer, solicit or accept offers to purchase, or sell, any Notes except (a) in transactions with one or more dealers which may from time to time after the date hereof become dealers with respect to the Notes by executing with the Issuer one or more agreements which contain provisions substantially identical to those contained in Section 1 of this Agreement, of which the Issuer hereby undertakes to provide the Dealer prompt notice or (b) in transactions with the other dealers listed on the Addendum hereto, which are executing agreements with the Issuer which contain provisions substantially identical to Section 1 of this Agreement contemporaneously herewith. In no event shall the Issuer offer, solicit or accept offers to purchase, or sell, any Notes directly on its own behalf in transactions with persons other than the Dealer or other broker-dealers as specifically permitted in this Section 1.2.
1.3
The Notes shall be in a minimum denomination of $250,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, will bear such interest rates, if interest bearing, or will be sold at such discount from their face amounts, as shall be agreed upon by the Dealer and the Issuer, shall have a maturity not exceeding 364 days from the date of issuance and may have such terms as are specified in Exhibit C hereto or the Private Placement Memorandum. The Notes shall not contain any provision for extension, renewal or automatic “rollover.”
1.4
The authentication and issuance of, and payment for, the Notes shall be effected in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, and the Notes shall be either individual physical certificates or book-entry notes evidenced by one or more master notes (each, a “Master Note”) registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee, in the form or forms annexed to the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.



1.5
If the Issuer and the Dealer shall agree on the terms of the purchase of any Note by the Dealer or the sale of any Note arranged by the Dealer (including, but not limited to, agreement with respect to the date of issue, purchase price, principal amount, maturity and interest rate or interest rate index and margin (in the case of interest-bearing Notes) or discount thereof (in the case of Notes issued on a discount basis), and appropriate compensation for the Dealer’s services hereunder) pursuant to this Agreement, the Issuer shall cause such Note to be issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement and payment for such Note shall be made by the purchaser thereof, either directly or through the Dealer, to the Issuing and Paying Agent, for the account of the Issuer. Except as otherwise agreed, in the event that the Dealer is acting as an agent and a purchaser shall either fail to accept delivery of or make payment for a Note on the date fixed for settlement, the Dealer shall promptly notify the Issuer, and if the Dealer has theretofore paid the Issuer for the Note, the Issuer will promptly return such funds to the Dealer against its return of the Note to the Issuer, in the case of a certificated Note, and upon notice of such failure in the case of a book-entry Note. If such failure occurred for any reason other than default by the Dealer, the Issuer shall reimburse the Dealer on an equitable basis for the Dealer’s loss of the use of such funds for the period such funds were credited to the Issuer’s account,
1.6
The Dealer and the Issuer hereby establish and agree to observe the following procedures in connection with offers, sales and subsequent resales or other transfers of the Notes:
(a)
Offers and sales of the Notes by or through the Dealer shall be made only to: (i) investors reasonably believed by the Dealer to be Qualified Institutional Buyers or Institutional Accredited Investors and (ii) non-bank fiduciaries or agents that will be purchasing Notes for one or more accounts, each of which is reasonably believed by the Dealer to be an Institutional Accredited Investor.
(b)
Resales and other transfers of the Notes by the holders thereof shall be made only in accordance with the restrictions in the legend described in clause (e) below.
(c)
No general solicitation or general advertising shall be used in connection with the offering of the Notes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, without the prior written approval of the Dealer, the Issuer shall not issue any press release, make any other statement to any member of the press making reference to the Notes, the offer or sale of the Notes, or this Agreement or place or publish any “tombstone” or other advertisement relating to the Notes, or the offer or sale of the Notes. To the extent permitted by applicable securities laws, the Issuer shall (i) omit the names of the Dealer from any publicly available filing by the Issuer that makes reference to the offer or sale of the Notes or this Agreement, (ii) not include a copy of this Agreement in any such filing or as an exhibit thereto, and (iii)redact the Dealer’s name and any contact or other information that could identify the Dealer from any agreement or other information included in such filing.
(d)
No sale of Notes to any one purchaser shall be for less than $250,000 principal or face amount, and no Note shall be issued in a smaller principal or face amount. If the purchaser is a non-bank fiduciary acting on behalf of others, each person for whom such purchaser is acting must purchase at least $250,000 principal or face amount of Notes.



(e)
Offers and sales of the Notes by the Issuer through the Dealer acting as agent for the Issuer shall be made in accordance with Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, and shall be subject to the restrictions described in the legend appearing on Exhibit A hereto. A legend substantially to the effect of such Exhibit A shall appear as part of the Private Placement Memorandum used in connection with offers and sales of Notes hereunder, as well as on each individual certificate representing a Note and each Master Note representing book-entry Notes offered and sold pursuant to this Agreement.
(f)
The Dealer shall furnish or make available or shall have furnished or made available to each purchaser of Notes for which it has acted as the Dealer a copy of the then-current Private Placement Memorandum unless such purchaser has previously received or had made available to it a copy of the Private Placement Memorandum as then in effect. The Private Placement Memorandum shall expressly state that any person to whom Notes are offered shall have an opportunity to ask questions of and receive information from, the Issuer and the Dealer and shall provide the names, addresses and telephone numbers of the persons from whom information regarding the Issuer may be obtained.
(g)
The Issuer agrees, for the benefit of the Dealer and each of the holders and prospective purchasers from time to time of the Notes that, if at any time the Issuer shall not be subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Issuer will furnish, upon request and at its expense, to the Dealer and to holders and prospective purchasers of Notes information required by Rule 144A(d)(4)(i) in compliance with Rule 144A(d).
(h)
In the event that any Note offered or to be offered by the Dealer would be ineligible for resale under Rule 144A, the Issuer shall immediately notify the Dealer (by telephone, confirmed in writing) of such fact and shall promptly prepare and deliver to the Dealer an amendment or supplement to the Private Placement Memorandum describing the Notes that are ineligible, the reason for such ineligibility and any other relevant information relating thereto.
(i)
The Issuer represents that it is not currently issuing commercial paper in the United States market in reliance upon the exemption provided by Section 3(a)(3) of the Securities Act. The Issuer agrees that, if it shall issue commercial paper after the date hereof in reliance upon such exemption (a) the proceeds from the sale of the Notes will be segregated from the proceeds of the sale of any such commercial paper by being placed in a separate account; (b) the Issuer will institute appropriate corporate procedures to ensure that the offers and sales of notes issued by the Issuer pursuant to the Section 3(a)(3) exemption are not integrated with offerings and sales of Notes hereunder; and (c) the Issuer will comply with each of the requirements of Section 3(a)(3) of the Securities Act in selling commercial paper or other short-term debt securities other than the Notes in the United States.
1.7
The Issuer hereby represents and warrants to the Dealer, in connection with offers, sales and resales of Notes, as follows:
(a)
The Issuer hereby confirms to the Dealer that (except as permitted by Section 1.6(i)) within the preceding six months neither the Issuer nor any person other than the



Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof acting on behalf of the Issuer has offered or sold any Notes, or any substantially similar security of the Issuer (including, without limitation, medium-term notes issued by the Issuer), to, or solicited offers to buy any such security from, any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1,2 hereof. The Issuer also agrees that (except as permitted by Section 1.6(i)), as long as the Notes are being offered for sale by the Dealer and the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof as contemplated hereby and until at least six months after the offer of Notes hereunder has been terminated, neither the Issuer nor any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof (except as contemplated by Section 1.2 hereof) will offer the Notes or any substantially similar security of the Issuer for sale to, or solicit offers to buy any such security from, any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof, it being understood that such agreement is made with a view to bringing the offer and sale of the Notes within the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and shall survive any termination of this Agreement. The Issuer hereby represents and warrants that it has not taken or omitted to take, and will not take or omit to take, any action that would cause the offering and sale of Notes hereunder to be integrated with any other offering of securities, whether such offering is made by the Issuer or some other party or parties.
(b)
The Issuer represents and agrees that the proceeds of the sale of the Notes are not currently contemplated to be used for the purpose of buying, carrying or trading securities within the meaning of Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. In the event that the Issuer determines to use such proceeds for the purpose of buying, carrying or trading securities, whether in connection with an acquisition of another company or otherwise, the Issuer shall give the Dealer at least five business days’ prior written notice to that effect. The Issuer shall also give the Dealer prompt notice of the actual date that it commences to purchase securities with the proceeds of the Notes. Thereafter, in the event that the Dealer purchases Notes as principal and does not resell such Notes on the day of such purchase, to the extent necessary to comply with Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder, the Dealer will sell such Notes either (i) only to offerees it reasonably believes to be Qualified Institutional Buyers or to Qualified Institutional Buyers it reasonably believes are acting for other Qualified Institutional Buyers, in each case in accordance with Rule 144A or (ii) in a manner which would not cause a violation of Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder.
2. Representations and Warranties of Issuer.
The Issuer represents and warrants that:
2.1
The Issuer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation and has all the requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Notes, this Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
2.2
This Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuer and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of



the Issuer enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).
2.3
The Notes have been duly authorized, and when issued as provided in the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, will be duly and validly issued and will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).
2.4
The offer and sale of the Notes in the manner contemplated hereby do not require registration of the Notes under the Securities Act, pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) thereof, and no indenture in respect of the Notes is required to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.
2.5
The Notes will rank at least pari passu with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Issuer.
2.6
No consent or action of or filing or registration with, any governmental or public regulatory body or authority, including the SEC, is required to authorize, or is otherwise required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of, this Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, except as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Notes.
2.7
Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, nor the issuance of the Notes in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, nor the fulfillment of or compliance with the terms and provisions hereof or thereof by the Issuer, will (i) result in the creation or imposition of any mortgage, lien, charge or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever upon any of the properties or assets of the Issuer, or (ii) violate or result in a breach or a default under any of the terms of the Issuer’s charter documents or by-laws, any contract or instrument to which the Issuer is a party or by which it or its property is bound, or any law or regulation, or any order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or government instrumentality, to which the Issuer is subject or by which it or its property is bound, which breach or default is reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operations or business prospects of the Issuer or the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
2.8
Except as disclosed in the Private Placement Memorandum, there is no litigation or governmental proceeding pending, or to the knowledge of the Issuer threatened, against or affecting the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change in the financial condition, operations or business prospects of the Issuer or the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
2.9
The Issuer is not an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.



2.10
Neither the Private Placement Memorandum nor the Company Information contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
2.11
The Issuer has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to promote compliance by the Issuer, its subsidiaries and its respective directors, officers and employees with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, and the Issuer, its subsidiaries and to the knowledge of the Issuer, their respective employees, officers, directors and agents (in their capacity as such) that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the commercial paper program established hereby, is in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects and are not engaged in any activity that would reasonably be expected to result in the Issuer being designated as a Sanctioned Person. None of the Issuer or any subsidiary is a Sanctioned Person.
2.12
Each (a) issuance of Notes by the Issuer hereunder and (b) amendment or supplement of the Private Placement Memorandum shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Issuer to the Dealer, as of the date thereof, that, both before and after giving effect to such issuance and after giving effect to such amendment or supplement, (i) the representations and warranties given by the Issuer set forth in this Section 2 remain true and correct on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date, (ii) in the case of an issuance of Notes, the Notes being issued on such date have been duly and validly issued and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (iii) in the case of an issuance of Notes, since the date of the most recent Private Placement Memorandum, there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition, operations or business prospects of the Issuer which has not been disclosed to the Dealer in writing and (iv) the Issuer is not in default of any of its obligations hereunder or under the Notes, or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
3. Covenants and Agreements of Issuer.
The Issuer covenants and agrees that:
3.1
The Issuer will give the Dealer prompt notice (but in any event prior to any subsequent issuance of Notes hereunder) of any amendment to, modification of or waiver with respect to, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, including a complete copy of any such amendment, modification or waiver.
3.2
The Issuer shall, whenever there shall occur any change in the Issuer’s financial condition, operations or business prospects or any development or occurrence in relation to the Issuer that would be material to holders of the Notes or potential holders of the Notes (including any downgrading or receipt of any written notice of intended downgrading or receipt of any written notice of review for potential change in the rating accorded any of the Issuer’s securities by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization which has published a rating of the Notes), promptly, and in any event prior to any subsequent issuance of Notes



hereunder, notify the Dealer (by telephone, confirmed in writing) of such change, development or occurrence.
3.3
The Issuer shall from time to time furnish to the Dealer such information as the Dealer may reasonably request, including, without limitation, any press releases or material provided by the Issuer to any national securities exchange, regarding (i) the Issuer’s operations and financial condition, (ii) the due authorization and execution of the Notes and (iii) the Issuer’s ability to pay the Notes as they mature.
3.4
The Issuer will take all such action as the Dealer may reasonably request to ensure that each offer and each sale of the Notes will comply with any applicable state Blue Sky laws; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.
3.5
The Issuer will not be in default of any of its obligations hereunder, under the Notes or under the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, at any time that any of the Notes are outstanding.
3.6
The Issuer shall not issue Notes hereunder until the Dealer shall have received (a) an opinion of counsel to the Issuer, addressed to the Dealer, satisfactory in form and substance to the Dealer, (b) a copy of the executed Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement as then in effect, (c) a copy of resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, satisfactory in form and substance to the Dealer and certified by the Secretary or similar officer of the Issuer, authorizing execution and delivery by the Issuer of this Agreement, the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement and the Notes and consummation by the Issuer of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (d) prior to the issuance of any book-entry Notes represented by a master note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, a copy of the executed Letter of Representations among the Issuer, the Issuing and Paying Agent and DTC and of the executed master note, (e) prior to the issuance of any Notes in physical form, a copy of such form (unless attached to this Agreement or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement) and (f) such other certificates, opinions, letters and documents as the Dealer shall have reasonably requested.
3.7
The Issuer shall reimburse the Dealer for all of the Dealer’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses related to this Agreement, including reasonable expenses incurred in connection with its preparation and negotiation, and the transactions contemplated hereby (including, but not limited to, the printing and distribution of the Private Placement Memorandum), and, if applicable, for the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of the Dealer’s outside counsel.
3.8
Without limiting any obligation of the Issuer pursuant to this Agreement to provide the Dealer with credit and financial information, the Issuer hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Dealer may share the Company Information and any other information or matters relating to the Issuer or the transactions contemplated hereby with affiliates of the Dealer, and that such affiliates may likewise share information relating to the Issuer or such transactions with the Dealer.



3.9
The Issuer shall not file a Form D (as referenced in Rule 503 under the Securities Act) at any time in respect of the offer or sale of the Notes.
4. Disclosure.
4.1
The Private Placement Memorandum and its contents (other than the Dealer Information) shall be the sole responsibility of the Issuer. The Private Placement Memorandum shall contain a statement expressly offering an opportunity for each prospective purchaser to ask questions of and receive answers from, the Issuer concerning the offering of Notes and to obtain relevant additional information which the Issuer possesses or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense.
4.2
(a)    The Issuer further agrees to notify the Dealer promptly upon the occurrence of any event relating to or affecting the Issuer that would cause the Company Information then in existence to include an untrue statement of a material fact or to omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.
(b)
In the event that the Issuer gives the Dealer notice pursuant to Section 4.2(a) and the Dealer notifies the Issuer that it then has Notes it is holding in inventory, the Issuer agrees promptly to supplement or amend the Private Placement Memorandum so that the Private Placement Memorandum, as amended or supplemented, shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and the Issuer shall make such supplement or amendment available to the Dealer.
(c)
In the event that (i) the Issuer gives the Dealer notice pursuant to Section 4.2(a), (ii) the Dealer does not notify the Issuer that it is then holding Notes in inventory and (iii) the Issuer chooses not to promptly amend or supplement the Private Placement Memorandum in the manner described in clause (b) above, then all solicitations and sales of Notes shall be suspended until such time as the Issuer has so amended or supplemented the Private Placement Memorandum, and made such amendment or supplement available to the Dealer.
5. Indemnification and Contribution.
5.1
Unless prohibited by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, the Issuer will indemnify and hold harmless the Dealer, each individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association or other entity controlling the Dealer, any affiliate of the Dealer or any such controlling entity and their respective directors, officers, employees, partners, incorporators, shareholders, servants, trustees and agents (hereinafter the “Indemnitees”) against any and all liabilities, penalties, suits, causes of action, losses, damages, claims, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) or judgments of whatever kind or nature (each a “Claim”), imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against the Indemnitees arising out of or based upon (i) any allegation that the Private Placement Memorandum, the Company Information or any information provided by the Issuer to the Dealer included (as of any relevant time) or includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted (as of any relevant time) or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements



therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or (ii) arising out of or based upon the breach by the Issuer of any agreement, covenant or representation made in or pursuant to this Agreement which has a material adverse effect on the Dealer or the holders of the Notes. This indemnification shall not apply to the extent that the Claim arises out of or is based upon Dealer Information or the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Dealer in the performance of, or the failure to perform, its obligations under this Agreement, as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.
5.2
Provisions relating to claims made for indemnification under this Section 5 are set forth on Exhibit B to this Agreement.
5.3
In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is held to be unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless the Indemnitees, although applicable in accordance with the terms of this Section 5, the Issuer shall contribute to the aggregate costs incurred by the Dealer in connection with any Claim in the proportion of the respective economic interests of the Issuer and the Dealer; provided, however, that such contribution by the Issuer shall be in an amount such that the aggregate costs incurred by the Dealer do not exceed the aggregate of the commissions and fees earned by the Dealer hereunder with respect to the issue or issues of Notes to which such Claim relates. The respective economic interests shall be calculated by reference to the aggregate proceeds to the Issuer of the Notes issued hereunder and the aggregate commissions and fees earned by the Dealer hereunder.
6. Definitions.
6.1
“Anti-Corruption Laws” shall mean all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.
6.2
“Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
6.3
“Claim” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.
6.4
“Company Information” at any given time shall mean the Private Placement Memorandum together with, to the extent applicable, (i) the Issuer’s most recent report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC and each report on Form 10-Q or 8-K filed by the Issuer with the SEC since the most recent Form 10-K, (ii) the Issuer’s most recent annual audited financial statements and each interim financial statement or report prepared subsequent thereto, if not included in item (1) above, (iii) the Issuer’s and its affiliates’ other publicly available recent reports, including, but not limited to, any publicly available filings or reports provided to their respective shareholders, (iv) any other information or disclosure prepared pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof and (v) any information prepared or approved by the Issuer for dissemination to investors or potential investors in the Notes.
6.5
“Current Issuing and Paying Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.10.



6.6
“Dealer Information” shall mean material concerning the Dealer provided by the Dealer in writing expressly for inclusion in the Private Placement Memorandum.
6.7
“Exchange Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
6.8
“Indemnitee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.
6.9
“Institutional Accredited Investor” shall mean an institutional investor that is an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and that has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating and bearing the economic risk of an investment in the Notes, including, but not limited to, a bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or a savings and loan association or other institution, as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act, whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity.
6.10
“Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement” shall mean the issuing and paying agency agreement described on the cover page of this Agreement, or any such replacement thereof, as such agreement may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
6.11
“Issuing and Paying Agent” shall mean the party designated as such on the cover page of this Agreement, as issuing and paying agent under the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, or any successor thereto or replacement thereof, in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
6.12
“Non-bank fiduciary or agent” shall mean a fiduciary or agent other than (a) a bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or (b) a savings and loan association, as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act.
6.13
“Person” shall mean any natural person, corporation, firm, joint venture, partnership, limited liability company, association, enterprise, trust or other entity or organization, or any government or political subdivision or any agency, department or instrumentality thereof.
6.14
“Private Placement Memorandum” shall mean offering materials prepared in accordance with Section 4 (including materials referred to therein or incorporated by reference therein, if any) provided to purchasers and prospective purchasers of the Notes, and shall include amendments and supplements thereto which may be prepared from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (other than any amendment or supplement that has been completely superseded by a later amendment or supplement).
6.15
“Qualified Institutional Buyer” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
6.16
“Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(i).
6.17
“Replacement Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.10.
6.18
“Rule 144A” shall mean Rule 144A under the Securities Act.



6.19
“Sanctioned Country” means, at any time, a country, region or territory which is itself the subject or target of comprehensive Sanctions (at the time of this Agreement, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, Syria and Crimea).
6.20
“Sanctioned Person” means, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), the U.S. Department of State, or by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any European Union member state, (b) any Person operating, organized or ordinarily resident in a Sanctioned Country to the extent dealing with such Person would be prohibited by applicable Sanctions or (c) any Person 50% owned by any such Person or Persons described in the foregoing clause (a).
6.21
“Sanctions” means economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by OFAC or the U.S. Department of State or (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any European Union member state.
6.22
“SEC” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
6.23
“Securities Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
7. General
7.1
Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices under this Agreement to parties hereto shall be in writing and shall be effective when received at the address of the respective party set forth in the Addendum to this Agreement.
7.2
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws provisions.
7.3
The Issuer agrees that any suit, action or proceeding brought by the Issuer against the Dealer in connection with or arising out of this Agreement or the Notes or the offer and sale of the Notes shall be brought solely in the United States federal courts located in the Borough of Manhattan or the courts of the State of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan. EACH OF THE DEALER AND THE ISSUER WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
7.4
This Agreement may be terminated, at any time, by the Issuer, upon one business day’s prior notice to such effect to the Dealer, or by the Dealer upon one business day’s prior notice to such effect to the Issuer. Any such termination, however, shall not affect the obligations of the Issuer under Sections 1.2 (first sentence), 3.7, 5 and 7.3 hereof or the respective representations, warranties, agreements, covenants, rights or responsibilities of the parties made or arising prior to the termination of this Agreement.
7.5
This Agreement is not assignable by either party hereto without the written consent of the other party; provided, however, that the Dealer may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any affiliate of the Dealer.



7.6
This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.
7.7
This Agreement is for the exclusive benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective permitted successors and assigns hereunder, and shall not be deemed to give any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim to any other person whatsoever.
7.8
The Issuer acknowledges and agrees that (i) the purchase and sale of the Notes pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Issuer, on the one hand, and the Dealer, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction the Dealer is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Issuer, (iii) the Dealer has not assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Issuer with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether the Dealer has advised or is currently advising the Issuer on other matters) or any other obligation to the Issuer except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement and (iv) the Issuer has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Issuer agrees that it will not claim that the Dealer has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Issuer, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.
7.9
In the case of any agreement by a Dealer to purchase a Note hereunder (other than as agent) which provides for a settlement date that is three Business Days or more after the date of such agreement, the obligation of the Dealer to purchase the Note under such agreement shall be subject to the following conditions:
(a)
the representations and warranties given by the Issuer set forth above in Section 2 shall be true and correct on and as of the settlement date as if made on and as of such date, and the Issuer shall have performed all of its obligations hereunder to be performed as of such date,
(b)
since the date of the most recent Private Placement Memorandum, there shall have been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), operations or business prospects of the Issuer (whether occurring before or after such agreement was entered into) which was not disclosed to the Dealer in writing prior to the time such agreement was entered into,
(c)
the Issuer shall not be in default of any of its obligations hereunder, under the Note or under the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement,
(d)
on or after the date of such agreement there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Issuer’s securities on the New York Stock Exchange; (iii) a general moratorium in commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or



elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in the reasonable judgment of the Dealer makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or the delivery of the Note on the terms and in the amount contemplated in the Private Placement Memorandum
(e)
on or after the date of such agreement (i) downgrading shall not have occurred in the rating accorded the Issuer’s debt securities by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization and such organization shall not have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Issuer’s debt securities.
7.10
The parties hereto agree that the Issuer may, in accordance with the terms of this Section 7.10, from time to time replace the party which is then acting as Issuing and Paying Agent (the “Current Issuing and Paying Agent”) with another party (such other party, the “Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent”), and enter into an agreement with the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent covering the provision of issuing and paying agency functions in respect of the Notes by the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent (the “Replacement Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement”) (any such replacement, a “Replacement”).
From and after the effective date of any Replacement, except to the extent that the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement provides that the Current Issuing and Paying Agent will continue to act in respect of Notes outstanding as of the effective date of such Replacement, the “Issuing and Paying Agent” for the Notes shall be deemed to be the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent, all references to the “Issuing and Paying Agent” hereunder shall be deemed to refer to the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent, and all references to the “Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement” hereunder shall be deemed to refer to the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral between the Issuer and the Dealer, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date and year first above written.
Cardinal Health, Inc., as Issuer
 
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as Dealer
By:
/s/ Sam Samad
 
By:
/s/ Ron Flynn
Name:
Sam Samad
 
Name:
Ron Flynn
Title:
Treasurer
 
Title:
Executive Director





Addendum
The following additional clauses shall apply to the Agreement and be deemed a part thereof,
1.
The other dealers referred to in clause (b) of Section 1.2 of the Agreement are Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Goldman Sachs & Co., Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.
2.
The addresses of the respective parties for the purposes of notices under Section 7.1 are as follows:
For the Issuer:
Address: Cardinal Health, Inc., 7000 Cardinal Place, Dublin, Ohio 43017
Attention: Scott Zimmerman, Assistant Treasurer
Telephone:      (###) ###-####
For the Dealer:
Address: 383 Madison Avenue, 3rd Floor, New York, NY 10179
Attention: Short Term Fixed Income Division
Telephone Number:      (###) ###-####
Fax Number: (###) ###-####







Exhibit A
Form of Legend for Private Placement Memorandum and Notes
THE NOTES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW, AND OFFERS AND SALES THEREOF MAY BE MADE ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE PURCHASER WILL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT THAT (I) IT HAS BEEN AFFORDED AN OPPORTUNITY TO INVESTIGATE MATTERS RELATING TO THE ISSUER AND THE NOTES, (II) IT IS NOT ACQUIRING SUCH NOTE WITH A VIEW TO ANY DISTRIBUTION THEREOF AND (III) IT IS EITHER (A)(1) AN INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR THAT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a) UNDER THE ACT (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”) AND (2)(i) PURCHASING NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, (ii) A BANK (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(a)(2) OF THE ACT) OR A SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION OR OTHER INSTITUTION (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(a)(5)(A) OF THE ACT) ACTING IN ITS INDIVIDUAL OR FIDUCIARY CAPACITY OR (iii) A FIDUCIARY OR AGENT (OTHER THAN A U.S. BANK OR SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION) PURCHASING NOTES FOR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS EACH OF WHICH ACCOUNTS IS SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR; OR (B) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (“QIB”) WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS, EACH OF WHICH ACCOUNTS IS A QIB; AND THE PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS AWARE THAT THE SELLER MAY RELY UPON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A. BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE PURCHASER THEREOF SHALL ALSO BE DEEMED TO AGREE THAT ANY RESALE OR OTHER TRANSFER THEREOF WILL BE MADE ONLY (A) IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT, EITHER (1) TO THE ISSUER OR TO A PLACEMENT AGENT DESIGNATED BY THE ISSUER AS A PLACEMENT AGENT FOR THE NOTES (COLLECTIVELY, THE “PLACEMENT AGENTS”), NONE OF WHICH SHALL HAVE ANY OBLIGATION TO ACQUIRE SUCH NOTE, (2) THROUGH A PLACEMENT AGENT TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR A QIB, OR (3) TO A QIB IN A TRANSACTION THAT MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A AND (B) IN MINIMUM AMOUNTS OF $250,000.



Exhibit B
Further Provisions Relating to Indemnification
(a) The Issuer agrees to reimburse each Indemnitee for all expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of internal and external counsel) as they are incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect of which indemnification may be sought under Section 5 of the Agreement (whether or not it is a party to any such proceedings) provided, however, that if it is found in any such action, proceeding or investigation that any loss, claim, damage or liability of an Indemnitee has resulted from the Dealer Information or the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitee in performing the services that are the subject of this Agreement, as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, the Indemnitee shall repay such portion of the reimbursed amounts that is attributable to expenses incurred in relation to the act or omission of the Indemnitee which is the subject of such finding.
(b) Promptly after receipt by an Indemnitee of notice of the existence of a Claim, such Indemnitee will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Issuer, notify the Issuer in writing of the existence thereof; provided that (i) the omission so to notify the Issuer will not relieve the Issuer from any liability which it may have hereunder unless and except to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such Claim and such failure results in the forfeiture by the Issuer of substantial rights and defenses, and (ii) the omission so to notify the Issuer will not relieve it from liability which it may have to an Indemnitee otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In case any such Claim is made against any Indemnitee and it notifies the Issuer of the existence thereof, the Issuer will be entitled to participate therein, and to the extent that it may elect by written notice delivered to the Indemnitee, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnitee; provided that if the defendants in any such Claim include both the Indemnitee and the Issuer, and the Indemnitee shall have concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the Issuer, the Issuer shall not have the right to direct the defense of such Claim on behalf of such Indemnitee, and the Indemnitee shall have the right to select separate counsel to assert such legal defenses on behalf of such Indemnitee. Upon receipt of notice from the Issuer to such Indemnitee of the Issuer’s election so to assume the defense of such Claim and approval by the Indemnitee of counsel, the Issuer will not be liable to such Indemnitee for expenses incurred thereafter by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof (other than reasonable costs of investigation) unless (i) the Indemnitee shall have employed separate counsel in connection with the assertion of legal defenses in accordance with the proviso to the next preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that the Issuer shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (in addition to any local counsel in the jurisdiction in which any Claim is brought), approved by the Dealer, representing the Indemnitee who is party to such Claim), (ii) the Issuer shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee to represent the Indemnitee within a reasonable time after notice of existence of the Claim or (iii) the Issuer has authorized in writing the employment of counsel for the Indemnitee. The indemnity, reimbursement and contribution obligations of the Issuer hereunder shall be in addition to any other liability the Issuer may otherwise have to an Indemnitee and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of the Issuer and any Indemnitee. The Issuer agrees that without the Dealer’s prior written consent, it will not settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any Claim in respect of which indemnification may be sought under the indemnification provision of the Agreement (whether or not the Dealer or any other Indemnitee is an actual or potential party to such Claim), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of



each Indemnitee from all liability arising out of such Claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or failure to act, by or on behalf of any Indemnitee.



Exhibit C
Statement of Terms for Interest — Bearing Commercial Paper Notes of Cardinal Health, Inc.
THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH BELOW ARE QUALIFIED TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE BY THE TRANSACTION SPECIFIC PRICING SUPPLEMENT (THE “SUPPLEMENT”) (IF ANY) SENT TO EACH PURCHASER AT THE TIME OF THE TRANSACTION.
1.
General . (a) The obligations of the Issuer to which these terms apply (each a “Note”) are represented by one or more Master Notes (each, a “Master Note”) issued in the name of (or of a nominee for) The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), which Master Note includes the terms and provisions for the Issuer’s Interest-Bearing Commercial Paper Notes that are set forth in this Statement of Terms, since this Statement of Terms constitutes an integral part of the Underlying Records as defined and referred to in the Master Note.
(b) “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law, executive order or regulation to be closed in New York City and, with respect to LIBOR Notes (as defined below) is also a London Business Day. “London Business Day” means, a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.
2.
Interest . (a) Each Note will bear interest at a fixed rate (a “Fixed Rate Note”) or at a floating rate (a “Floating Rate Note”).
(b) The Supplement sent to each holder of such Note will describe the following terms: (i) whether such Note is a Fixed Rate Note or a Floating Rate Note and whether such Note is an Original Issue Discount Note (as defined below); (ii) the date on which such Note will be issued (the “Issue Date”); (iii) the Stated Maturity Date (as defined below); (iv) if such Note is a Fixed Rate Note, the rate per annum at which such Note will bear interest, if any, and the Interest Payment Dates; (v) if such Note is a Floating Rate Note, the Base Rate, the Index Maturity, the Interest Reset Dates, the Interest Payment Dates and the Spread and/or Spread Multiplier, if any (all as defined below), and any other terms relating to the particular method of calculating the interest rate for such Note; and (vi) any other terms applicable specifically to such Note.
“Original Issue Discount Note” means a Note which has a stated redemption price at the Stated Maturity Date that exceeds its Issue Price by more than a specified de minimis amount and which the Supplement indicates will be an “Original Issue Discount Note”.
(c) Each Fixed Rate Note will bear interest from its Issue Date at the rate per annum specified in the Supplement until the principal amount thereof is paid or made available for payment. Interest on each Fixed Rate Note will be payable on the dates specified in the Supplement (each an “Interest Payment Date” for a Fixed Rate Note) and on the Maturity Date (as defined below). Interest on Fixed Rate Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
If any Interest Payment Date or the Maturity Date of a Fixed Rate Note falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the required payment of principal, premium, if any, and/or interest will be payable on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest will accrue in respect of the payment made on that next succeeding Business Day.



(d) The interest rate on each Floating Rate Note for each Interest Reset Period (as defined below) will be determined by reference to an interest rate basis (a “Base Rate”) plus or minus a number of basis points (one basis point equals one-hundredth of a percentage point) (the “Spread”), if any, and/or multiplied by a certain percentage (the “Spread Multiplier”), if any, until the principal thereof is paid or made available for payment. The Supplement will designate which of the following Base Rates is applicable to the related Floating Rate Note: (a) the CD Rate (a “CD Rate Note”), (b) the Commercial Paper Rate (a “Commercial Paper Rate Note”), (c) the Federal Funds Rate (a “Federal Funds Rate Note”), (d) LIBOR (a “LIBOR Note”), (e) the Prime Rate (a “Prime Rate Note”), (f) the Treasury Rate (a “Treasury Rate Note”) or (g) such other Base Rate as may be specified in such Supplement.
The rate of interest on each Floating Rate Note will be reset daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly or semiannually (the “Interest Reset Period”). The date or dates on which interest will be reset (each an “Interest Reset Date”) will be, unless otherwise specified in the Supplement, in the case of Floating Rate Notes which reset daily, each Business Day, in the case of Floating Rate Notes (other than Treasury Rate Notes) that reset weekly, the Wednesday of each week; in the case of Treasury Rate Notes that reset weekly, the Tuesday of each week; in the case of Floating Rate Notes that reset monthly, the third Wednesday of each month; in the case of Floating Rate Notes that reset quarterly, the third Wednesday of March, June, September and December; and in the case of Floating Rate Notes that reset semiannually, the third Wednesday of the two months specified in the Supplement. If any Interest Reset Date for any Floating Rate Note is not a Business Day, such Interest Reset Date will be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day, except that in the case of a LIBOR Note, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar month, such Interest Reset Date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day. Interest on each Floating Rate Note will be payable monthly, quarterly or semiannually (the “Interest Payment Period”) and on the Maturity Date. Unless otherwise specified in the Supplement, and except as provided below, the date or dates on which interest will be payable (each an “Interest Payment Date” for a Floating Rate Note) will be, in the case of Floating Rate Notes with a monthly Interest Payment Period, on the third Wednesday of each month; in the case of Floating Rate Notes with a quarterly Interest Payment Period, on the third Wednesday of March, June, September and December; and in the case of Floating Rate Notes with a semiannual Interest Payment Period, on the third Wednesday of the two months specified in the Supplement. In addition, the Maturity Date will also be an Interest Payment Date.
If any Interest Payment Date for any Floating Rate Note (other than an Interest Payment Date occurring on the Maturity Date) would otherwise be a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Payment Date shall be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day, except that in the case of a LIBOR Note, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar month, such Interest Payment Date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day. If the Maturity Date of a Floating Rate Note falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment of principal and interest will be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no interest on such payment shall accrue for the period from and after such maturity.
Interest payments on each Interest Payment Date for Floating Rate Notes will include accrued interest from and including the Issue Date or from and including the last date in respect of which interest has been paid, as the case may be, to, but excluding, such Interest Payment Date. On the Maturity Date, the interest payable on a Floating Rate Note will include interest accrued to, but excluding, the Maturity Date. Accrued interest will be calculated by multiplying the principal amount of a Floating Rate Note by an accrued interest factor. This accrued interest factor will be



computed by adding the interest factors calculated for each day in the period for which accrued interest is being calculated. The interest factor (expressed as a decimal) for each such day will be computed by dividing the interest rate applicable to such day by 360, in the cases where the Base Rate is the CD Rate, Commercial Paper Rate, Federal Funds Rate,
LIBOR or Prime Rate, or by the actual number of days in the year, in the case where the Base Rate is the Treasury Rate. The interest rate in effect on each day will be (i) if such day is an Interest Reset Date, the interest rate with respect to the Interest Determination Date (as defined below) pertaining to such Interest Reset Date, or (ii) if such day is not an Interest Reset Date, the interest rate with respect to the Interest Determination Date pertaining to the next preceding Interest Reset Date, subject in either case to any adjustment by a Spread and/or a Spread Multiplier.
The “Interest Determination Date” where the Base Rate is the CD Rate or the Commercial Paper Rate will be the second Business Day next preceding an Interest Reset Date. The Interest Determination Date where the Base Rate is the Federal Funds Rate or the Prime Rate will be the Business Day next preceding an Interest Reset Date. The Interest Determination Date where the Base Rate is LIBOR will be the second London Business Day next preceding an Interest Reset Date. The Interest Determination Date where the Base Rate is the Treasury Rate will be the day of the week in which such Interest Reset Date falls when Treasury Bills are normally auctioned. Treasury Bills are normally sold at auction on Monday of each week, unless that day is a legal holiday, in which case the auction is held on the following Tuesday or the preceding Friday. If an auction is so held on the preceding Friday, such Friday will be the Interest Determination Date pertaining to the Interest Reset Date occurring in the next succeeding week.
The “Index Maturity” is the period to maturity of the instrument or obligation from which the applicable Base Rate is calculated.
The “Calculation Date,” where applicable, shall be the earlier of (i) the tenth calendar day following the applicable Interest Determination Date or (ii) the Business Day preceding the applicable Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date.
All times referred to herein reflect New York City time, unless otherwise specified.
The Issuer shall specify in writing to the Issuing and Paying Agent which party will be the calculation agent (the “Calculation Agent”) with respect to the Floating Rate Notes. The Calculation Agent will provide the interest rate then in effect and, if determined, the interest rate which will become effective on the next Interest Reset Date with respect to such Floating Rate Note to the Issuing and Paying Agent as soon as the interest rate with respect to such Floating Rate Note has been determined and as soon as practicable after any change in such interest rate.
All percentages resulting from any calculation on Floating Rate Notes will be rounded to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five-one millionths of a percentage point rounded upwards. For example, 9,876545% (or .09876545) would be rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655). All dollar amounts used in or resulting from any calculation on Floating Rate Notes will be rounded, in the case of U.S. dollars, to the nearest cent or, in the case of a foreign currency, to the nearest unit (with one-half cent or unit being rounded upwards).
CD Rate Notes



“CD Rate” means the rate on any Interest Determination Date for negotiable certificates of deposit having the Index Maturity as published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”) in “Statistical Release H.15(519), Selected Interest Rates” or any successor publication of the FRB (“H.15(519)”) under the heading “CDs (Secondary Market)”.
If the above rate is not published in H.15(519) by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the CD
Rate will be the rate on such Interest Determination Date set forth in the daily update of
H.15(519), available through the world wide website of the FRB at http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h15/Update, or any successor site or publication or other recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate (“H.15 Daily Update”) under the caption “CDs (Secondary Market)”.
If such rate is not published in either H.15(519) or H.15 Daily Update by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Calculation Agent will determine the CD Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the secondary market offered rates as of 10:00 a.m. on such Interest Determination Date of three leading nonbank dealers 1 in negotiable U.S. dollar certificates of deposit in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent for negotiable U.S. dollar certificates of deposit of major United States money center banks of the highest credit standing in the market for negotiable certificates of deposit with a remaining maturity closest to the Index Maturity in the denomination of $5,000,000.
If the dealers selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as set forth above, the CD
Rate will remain the CD Rate then in effect on such Interest Determination Date.
Commercial Paper Rate Notes
“Commercial Paper Rate” means the Money Market Yield (calculated as described below)
of the rate on any Interest Determination Date for commercial paper having the Index Maturity, as published in H.15(519) under the heading “Commercial Paper-Nonfinancial”.
If the above rate is not published in H.15(519) by 3:00 p.m, New York City time on the Calculation Date, then the Commercial Paper Rate will be the Money Market Yield of the rate on such Interest Determination Date for commercial paper of the Index Maturity as published in H.15 Daily Update under the heading “Commercial Paper-Nonfinancial”.
If by 3:00 p.m., on such Calculation Date such rate is not published in either H.15(519) or
H.15 Daily Update, then the Calculation Agent will determine the Commercial Paper Rate to be the Money Market Yield of the arithmetic mean of the offered rates as of 11:00 a.m. on such Interest Determination Date of three leading dealers of U.S. dollar commercial paper in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent for commercial paper of the Index Maturity placed for an industrial issuer whose bond rating is “AA,” or the equivalent, from a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
__________________________
1
JPMS: Such nonbank dealers referred to in this Statement of Terms may include affiliates of the Dealer.



If the dealers selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned above, the Commercial Paper Rate with respect to such Interest Determination Date will remain the Commercial Paper Rate then in effect on such Interest Determination Date.
“Money Market Yield” will be a yield calculated in accordance with the following formula:
Money Market Yield =
D x 360
  x  100
360 - ( D x M )
where “D” refers to the applicable per annum rate for commercial paper quoted on a bank discount basis and expressed as a decimal and “M” refers to the actual number of days in the interest period for which interest is being calculated.
Federal Funds Rate Notes
“Federal Funds Rate” means the rate on any Interest Determination Date for federal funds as published in H.15(519) under the heading “Federal Funds (Effective)” and displayed on Reuters Page (as defined below) FEDFUNDS1 (or any other page as may replace the specified page on that service) (“Reuters Page FEDFUNDS1”) under the heading EFFECT.
If the above rate does not appear on Reuters Page FEDFUNDS1or is not so published by
3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Federal Funds Rate will be the rate on such Interest Determination Date as published in H.15 Daily Update under the heading “Federal Funds/(Effective)”.
If such rate is not published as described above by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Calculation Agent will determine the Federal Funds Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the rates for the last transaction in overnight U.S. dollar federal funds arranged by each of three leading brokers of Federal Funds transactions in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent prior to 9:00 a.m. on such Interest Determination Date.
If the brokers selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned above, the Federal Funds Rate will remain the Federal Funds Rate then in effect on such Interest Determination Date.
“Reuters Page” means the display on the Reuters 3000 Xtra Service, or any successor service, on the page or pages specified in this Statement of Terms or the Supplement, or any replacement page on that service.
LIBOR Notes
The London Interbank offered rate (“LIBOR”) means, with respect to any Interest Determination Date, the rate for deposits in U.S. dollars having the Index Maturity that appears on the Designated LIBOR Page as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on such Interest Determination Date.
If no rate appears, LIBOR will be determined on the basis of the rates at approximately
11:00 a.m., London time, on such Interest Determination Date at which deposits in U.S. dollars are offered to prime banks in the London interbank market by four major banks in such market selected by the Calculation Agent for a term equal to the Index Maturity and in principal amount equal to an amount that in the Calculation Agent’s judgment is representative for a single transaction in U.S. dollars in such market at such time (a “Representative Amount”). The Calculation Agent will request



the principal London office of each of such banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such quotations are provided, LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided, LIBOR for such interest period will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted at approximately 11:00 a.m., in New York City, on such Interest Determination Date by three major banks in New York City, selected by the Calculation Agent, for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks, for a term equal to the Index Maturity and in a Representative Amount; provided, however, that if fewer than three banks so selected by the Calculation Agent are providing such quotations, the then existing LIBOR rate will remain in effect for such Interest Payment Period.
“Designated LIBOR Page” means the display on the Reuters 3000 Xtra Service (or any successor service) on the “LIBOR01” page (or any other page as may replace such page on such service) for the purpose of displaying the London interbank rates of major banks.
Prime Rate Notes
“Prime Rate” means the rate on any Interest Determination Date as published in H.15(519) under the heading “Bank Prime Loan”.
If the above rate is not published in H.15(519) prior to 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, then the Prime Rate will be the rate on such Interest Determination Date as published in
H.15 Daily Update opposite the caption “Bank Prime Loan”.
If the rate is not published prior to 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date in either H.15(519) or H, 15 Daily Update, then the Calculation Agent will determine the Prime Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the rates of interest publicly announced by each bank that appears on the Reuters Screen US PRIME1 Page (as defined below) as such bank’s prime rate or base lending rate as of 11:00 a.m., on that Interest Determination Date.
If fewer than four such rates referred to above are so published by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Calculation Agent will determine the Prime Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the prime rates or base lending rates quoted on the basis of the actual number of days in the year divided by 360 as of the close of business on such Interest Determination Date by three major banks in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent.
If the banks selected are not quoting as mentioned above, the Prime Rate will remain the Prime Rate in effect on such Interest Determination Date.
“Reuters Screen US PRIME1 Page” means the display designated as page “US PRIME1”
on the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service (or such other page as may replace the US
PRIME1 page on that service for the purpose of displaying prime rates or base lending rates of major United States banks).
Treasury Rate Notes “Treasury Rate” means:
(1) the rate from the auction held on the Interest Determination Date (the “Auction”) of direct obligations of the United States (“Treasury Bills”) having the Index Maturity specified in the Supplement under the caption “INVEST RATE” on the display on the Reuters Page designated as USAUCTION10 (or any other page as may replace that page on that service)



or the Reuters Page designated as USAUCTION11 (or any other page as may replace that page on that service), or
(2) if the rate referred to in clause (1) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the Bond Equivalent Yield (as defined below) of the rate for the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H.15 Daily Update, under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Auction High”, or
(3) if the rate referred to in clause (2) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the Bond Equivalent Yield of the auction rate of the applicable Treasury Bills as announced by the United States Department of the Treasury, or
(4) if the rate referred to in clause (3) is not so announced by the United States Department of the Treasury, or if the Auction is not held, the Bond Equivalent Yield of the rate on the particular Interest Determination Date of the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H,15(519) under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Secondary Market”, or
(5) if the rate referred to in clause (4) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the rate on the particular Interest Determination Date of the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H.15 Daily Update, under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Secondary Market”, or
(6) if the rate referred to in clause (5) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the rate on the particular Interest Determination Date calculated by the Calculation Agent as the Bond Equivalent Yield of the arithmetic mean of the secondary market bid rates, as of approximately 3:30 p.m. on that Interest Determination Date, of three primary United States government securities dealers selected by the Calculation Agent, for the issue of Treasury Bills with a remaining maturity closest to the Index Maturity specified in the Supplement, or
(7) if the dealers so selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned in clause (6), the Treasury Rate in effect on the particular Interest Determination Date.
“Bond Equivalent Yield” means a yield (expressed as a percentage) calculated in accordance with the following formula:
Bond Equivalent Yield =
D x N
  x  100
360 - ( D x M )
where “D” refers to the applicable per annum rate for Treasury Bills quoted on a bank discount basis and expressed as a decimal, “N” refers to 365 or 366, as the case may be, and “M” refers to the actual number of days in the applicable Interest Reset Period.
3.
Final Maturity . The Stated Maturity Date for any Note will be the date so specified in the Supplement, which shall be no later than 364 days from the date of issuance. On its Stated Maturity Date, or any date prior to the Stated Maturity Date on which the particular Note becomes due and payable by the declaration of acceleration, each such date being referred to as a Maturity Date, the principal amount of each Note, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, will be immediately due and payable,
4.
Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” with respect to a Note: (i) default in any payment of principal of or interest on such Note



(including on a redemption thereof); (ii) the Issuer makes any compromise arrangement with its creditors generally including the entering into any form of moratorium with its creditors generally; (iii) a court having jurisdiction shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of the Issuer in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or there shall be appointed a receiver, administrator, liquidator, custodian, trustee or sequestrator (or similar officer) with respect to the whole or substantially the whole of the assets of the Issuer and any such decree, order or appointment is not removed, discharged or withdrawn within 60 days thereafter; or (iv) the Issuer shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, administrator, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official), with respect to the whole or substantially the whole of the assets of the Issuer or make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the principal of each obligation evidenced by such Note (together with interest accrued and unpaid thereon) shall become, without any notice or demand, immediately due and payable. 2  
5.
Obligation Absolute . No provision of the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement under which the Notes are issued shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on each Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.
6.
Supplement . Any term contained in the Supplement shall supersede any conflicting term contained herein.









_____________________________
2
Unlike single payment notes, where a default arises only at the stated maturity. interest-bearing notes with multiple payment dates should contain a default provision permitting acceleration of the maturity if the Issuer defaults on an interest payment.


Exhibit 10.7




Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement
4(a)(2) Program
    
Between:
Cardinal Health, Inc ., as Issuer
and
SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. , as Dealer
Concerning Notes to be issued pursuant to an
Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement dated as of August 9, 2006,
as amended February 28, 2007 and November 22, 2016
between the Issuer and
The Bank of New York, as Issuing
and Paying Agent
Dated as of
November 22, 2016



Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement
4(a)(2) Program

This agreement (the “Agreement”) sets forth the understandings between the Issuer and the Dealer, each named on the cover page hereof, in connection with the issuance and sale by the Issuer of its short-term promissory notes (the “Notes”) through the Dealer.
Certain terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 6 hereof.
The Addendum to this Agreement, and any Annexes or Exhibits described in this Agreement or such Addendum, are hereby incorporated into this Agreement and made fully a part hereof.
1.
Offers, Sales and Resales of Notes.
1.1
While (i) the Issuer has and shall have no obligation to sell the Notes to the Dealer or to permit the Dealer to arrange any sale of the Notes for the account of the Issuer, and (ii) the Dealer has and shall have no obligation to purchase the Notes from the Issuer or to arrange any sale of the Notes for the account of the Issuer, the parties hereto agree that in any case where the Dealer purchases Notes from the Issuer, or arranges for the sale of Notes by the Issuer, such Notes will be purchased or sold by the Dealer in reliance on the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the Issuer contained herein or made pursuant hereto and on the terms and conditions and in the manner provided herein,
1.2
So long as this Agreement shall remain in effect, and in addition to the limitations contained in Section 1.7 hereof, the Issuer shall not, without the consent of the Dealer, offer, solicit or accept offers to purchase, or sell, any Notes except (a) in transactions with one or more dealers which may from time to time after the date hereof become dealers with respect to the Notes by executing with the Issuer one or more agreements which contain provisions substantially identical to those contained in Section 1 of this Agreement, of which the Issuer hereby undertakes to provide the Dealer prompt notice or (b) in transactions with the other dealers listed on the Addendum hereto, which are executing agreements with the Issuer which contain provisions substantially identical to Section 1 of this Agreement contemporaneously herewith. In no event shall the Issuer offer, solicit or accept offers to purchase, or sell, any Notes directly on its own behalf in transactions with persons other than broker-dealers as specifically permitted in this Section 1.2.
1.3
The Notes shall be in a minimum denomination of $250,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, will bear such interest rates, if interest bearing, or will be sold at such discount from their face amounts, as shall be agreed upon by the Dealer and the Issuer, shall have a maturity not exceeding 364 days from the date of issuance and may have such terms as are specified in Exhibit C hereto or the Private Placement Memorandum. The Notes shall not contain any provision for extension, renewal or automatic “rollover.”
1.4
The authentication and issuance of, and payment for, the Notes shall be effected in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, and the Notes shall be either individual physical certificates or book-entry notes evidenced by one or more master notes (each, a “Master Note”) registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee, in the form or forms annexed to the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.



1.5
If the Issuer and the Dealer shall agree on the terms of the purchase of any Note by the Dealer or the sale of any Note arranged by the Dealer (including, but not limited to, agreement with respect to the date of issue, purchase price, principal amount, maturity and interest rate or interest rate index and margin (in the case of interest-bearing Notes) or discount thereof (in the case of Notes issued on a discount basis), and appropriate compensation for the Dealer’s services hereunder) pursuant to this Agreement, the Issuer shall cause such Note to be issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement and payment for such Note shall be made by the purchaser thereof, either directly or through the Dealer, to the Issuing and Paying Agent, for the account of the Issuer. Except as otherwise agreed, in the event that the Dealer is acting as an agent and a purchaser shall either fail to accept delivery of or make payment for a Note on the date fixed for settlement, the Dealer shall promptly notify the Issuer, and if the Dealer has theretofore paid the Issuer for the Note, the Issuer will promptly return such funds to the Dealer against its return of the Note to the Issuer, in the case of a certificated Note, and upon notice of such failure in the case of a book-entry Note. If such failure occurred for any reason other than default by the Dealer, the Issuer shall reimburse the Dealer on an equitable basis for the Dealer’s loss of the use of such funds for the period such funds were credited to the Issuer’s account,
1.6
The Dealer and the Issuer hereby establish and agree to observe the following procedures in connection with offers, sales and subsequent resales or other transfers of the Notes:
(a)
Offers and sales of the Notes by or through the Dealer shall be made only to: (i) investors reasonably believed by the Dealer to be Qualified Institutional Buyers, Institutional Accredited Investors or Sophisticated Individual Accredited Investors and (ii) non-bank fiduciaries or agents that will be purchasing Notes for one or more accounts, each of which is reasonably believed by the Dealer to be an Institutional Accredited Investor or Sophisticated Individual Accredited Investor.
(b)
Resales and other transfers of the Notes by the holders thereof shall be made only in accordance with the restrictions in the legend described in clause (e) below.
(c)
No general solicitation or general advertising shall be used in connection with the offering of the Notes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, without the prior written approval of the Dealer, the Issuer shall not issue any press release or place or publish any “tombstone” or other advertisement relating to the Notes.
(d)
No sale of Notes to any one purchaser shall be for less than $250,000 principal or face amount, and no Note shall be issued in a smaller principal or face amount. If the purchaser is a non-bank fiduciary acting on behalf of others, each person for whom such purchaser is acting must purchase at least $250,000 principal or face amount of Notes.
(e)
Offers and sales of the Notes by the Issuer through the Dealer acting as agent for the Issuer shall be made in accordance with Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act, and shall be subject to the restrictions described in the legend appearing on Exhibit A hereto. A legend substantially to the effect of such Exhibit A shall appear as part of the Private Placement Memorandum used in connection with offers and sales of Notes hereunder, as well as on each individual certificate representing a



Note and each Master Note representing book-entry Notes offered and sold pursuant to this Agreement.
(f)
The Dealer shall furnish or shall have furnished to each purchaser of Notes for which it has acted as the Dealer a copy of the then-current Private Placement Memorandum unless such purchaser has previously received a copy of the Private Placement Memorandum as then in effect. The Private Placement Memorandum shall expressly state that any person to whom Notes are offered shall have an opportunity to ask questions of and receive information from, the Issuer and the Dealer and shall provide the names, addresses and telephone numbers of the persons from whom information regarding the Issuer may be obtained.
(g)
The Issuer agrees, for the benefit of the Dealer and each of the holders and prospective purchasers from time to time of the Notes that, if at any time the Issuer shall not be subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Issuer will furnish, upon request and at its expense, to the Dealer and to holders and prospective purchasers of Notes information required by Rule 144A(d)(4)(i) in compliance with Rule 144A(d).
(h)
In the event that any Note offered or to be offered by the Dealer would be ineligible for resale under Rule 144A, the Issuer shall immediately notify the Dealer (by telephone, confirmed in writing) of such fact and shall promptly prepare and deliver to the Dealer an amendment or supplement to the Private Placement Memorandum describing the Notes that are ineligible, the reason for such ineligibility and any other relevant information relating thereto.
(i)
The Issuer represents that it is not currently issuing commercial paper in the United States market in reliance upon the exemption provided by Section 3(a)(3) of the Securities Act. The Issuer agrees that, if it shall issue commercial paper after the date hereof in reliance upon such exemption (a) the proceeds from the sale of the Notes will be segregated from the proceeds of the sale of any such commercial paper by being placed in a separate account; (b) the Issuer will institute appropriate corporate procedures to ensure that the offers and sales of notes issued by the Issuer pursuant to the Section 3(a)(3) exemption are not integrated with offerings and sales of Notes hereunder; and (c) the Issuer will comply with each of the requirements of Section 3(a)(3) of the Securities Act in selling commercial paper or other short-term debt securities other than the Notes in the United States.
(j)
The Issuer hereby agrees that, not later than 15 days after the first sale of Notes as contemplated by this Agreement, it will file with the SEC a notice on Form D in accordance with Rule 503 under the Securities Act and that it will thereafter file such amendments to such notice as Rule 503 may require.
1.7
The Issuer hereby represents and warrants to the Dealer, in connection with offers, sales and resales of Notes, as follows:
(a)
The Issuer hereby confirms to the Dealer that (except as permitted by Section 1.6(i)) within the preceding six months neither the Issuer nor any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof acting on behalf of the Issuer has offered or sold any Notes, or any substantially similar security of the



Issuer (including, without limitation, medium-term notes issued by the Issuer), to, or solicited offers to buy any such security from, any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof. The Issuer also agrees that (except as permitted by Section 1.6(i)), as long as the Notes are being offered for sale by the Dealer and the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof as contemplated hereby and until at least six months after the offer of Notes hereunder has been terminated, neither the Issuer nor any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof (except as contemplated by Section 1.2 hereof) will offer the Notes or any substantially similar security of the Issuer for sale to, or solicit offers to buy any such security from, any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof, it being understood that such agreement is made with a view to bringing the offer and sale of the Notes within the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and shall survive any termination of this Agreement. The Issuer hereby represents and warrants that it has not taken or omitted to take, and will not take or omit to take, any action that would cause the offering and sale of Notes hereunder to be integrated with any other offering of securities, whether such offering is made by the Issuer or some other party or parties.
(b)
The Issuer represents and agrees that the proceeds of the sale of the Notes are not currently contemplated to be used for the purpose of buying, carrying or trading securities within the meaning of Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. In the event that the Issuer determines to use such proceeds for the purpose of buying, carrying or trading securities, whether in connection with an acquisition of another company or otherwise, the Issuer shall give the Dealer at least five business days’ prior written notice to that effect. The Issuer shall also give the Dealer prompt notice of the actual date that it commences to purchase securities with the proceeds of the Notes. Thereafter, in the event that the Dealer purchases Notes as principal and does not resell such Notes on the day of such purchase, to the extent necessary to comply with Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder, the Dealer will sell such Notes either (i) only to offerees it reasonably believes to be Qualified Institutional Buyers or to Qualified Institutional Buyers it reasonably believes are acting for other Qualified Institutional Buyers, in each case in accordance with Rule 144A or (ii) in a manner which would not cause a violation of Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder.
2.
Representations and Warranties of Issuer.
The Issuer represents and warrants that:
2.1
The Issuer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation and has all the requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Notes, this Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
2.2
This Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuer and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and



subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).
2.3
The Notes have been duly authorized, and when issued as provided in the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, will be duly and validly issued and will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).
2.4
The offer and sale of the Notes in the manner contemplated hereby do not require registration of the Notes under the Securities Act, pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) thereof, and no indenture in respect of the Notes is required to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.
2.5
The Notes will rank at least pari passu with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Issuer.
2.6
Except as provided in Section 1.6(j) hereof, no consent or action of or filing or registration with, any governmental or public regulatory body or authority, including the SEC, is required to authorize, or is otherwise required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of, this Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, except as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Notes.
2.7
Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, nor the issuance of the Notes in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, nor the fulfillment of or compliance with the terms and provisions hereof or thereof by the Issuer, will (i) result in the creation or imposition of any mortgage, lien, charge or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever upon any of the properties or assets of the Issuer, or (ii) violate or result in a breach or a default under any of the terms of the Issuer’s charter documents or by-laws, any contract or instrument to which the Issuer is a party or by which it or its property is bound, or any law or regulation, or any order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or government instrumentality, to which the Issuer is subject or by which it or its property is bound, which breach or default is reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operations or business prospects of the Issuer or the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
2.8
Except as disclosed in the Private Placement Memorandum, there is no litigation or governmental proceeding pending, or to the knowledge of the Issuer threatened, against or affecting the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries that is reasonably expected to result in a material adverse change in the financial condition, operations or business prospects of the Issuer or the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
2.9
The Issuer is not an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.



2.10
Neither the Private Placement Memorandum nor the Company Information contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
2.11
Each (a) issuance of Notes by the Issuer hereunder and (b) amendment or supplement of the Private Placement Memorandum shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Issuer to the Dealer, as of the date thereof, that, both before and after giving effect to such issuance and after giving effect to such amendment or supplement, (i) the representations and warranties given by the Issuer set forth in this Section 2 remain true and correct on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date, (ii) in the case of an issuance of Notes, the Notes being issued on such date have been duly and validly issued and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (iii) in the case of an issuance of Notes, since the date of the most recent Private Placement Memorandum, there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition, operations or business prospects of the Issuer which has not been disclosed to the Dealer in writing.
3.
Covenants and Agreements of Issuer.
The Issuer covenants and agrees that:
3.1
The Issuer will give the Dealer prompt notice (but in any event prior to any subsequent issuance of Notes hereunder) of any amendment to, modification of or waiver with respect to, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, including a complete copy of any such amendment, modification or waiver.
3.2
The Issuer shall, whenever there shall occur any change in the Issuer’s financial condition, operations or business prospects or any development or occurrence in relation to the Issuer that would be material to holders of the Notes or potential holders of the Notes (including any downgrading or receipt of any written notice of intended downgrading or receipt of any written notice of review for potential change in the rating accorded any of the Issuer’s securities by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization which has published a rating of the Notes), promptly, and in any event prior to any subsequent issuance of Notes hereunder, notify the Dealer (by telephone, confirmed in writing) of such change, development or occurrence.
3.3
The Issuer shall from time to time furnish to the Dealer such information as the Dealer may reasonably request, including, without limitation, any press releases or material provided by the Issuer to any national securities exchange, regarding (i) the Issuer’s operations and financial condition, (ii) the due authorization and execution of the Notes and (iii) the Issuer’s ability to pay the Notes as they mature.
3.4
The Issuer will take all such action as the Dealer may reasonably request to ensure that each offer and each sale of the Notes will comply with any applicable state Blue Sky laws; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction in which it is not



so qualified or subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.
3.5
The Issuer will not be in default of any of its obligations hereunder, under the Notes or under the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, at any time that any of the Notes are outstanding.
3.6
The Issuer shall not issue Notes hereunder until the Dealer shall have received (a) an opinion of counsel to the Issuer, addressed to the Dealer, satisfactory in form and substance to the Dealer, (b) a copy of the executed Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement as then in effect, (c) a copy of resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, satisfactory in form and substance to the Dealer and certified by the Secretary or similar officer of the Issuer, authorizing execution and delivery by the Issuer of this Agreement, the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement and the Notes and consummation by the Issuer of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (d) prior to the issuance of any book-entry Notes represented by a master note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, a copy of the executed Letter of Representations among the Issuer, the Issuing and Paying Agent and DTC and of the executed master note, (e) prior to the issuance of any Notes in physical form, a copy of such form (unless attached to this Agreement or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement) and (f) such other certificates, opinions, letters and documents as the Dealer shall have reasonably requested.
3.7
The Issuer shall reimburse the Dealer for all of the Dealer’s out-of-pocket expenses related to this Agreement, including expenses incurred in connection with its preparation and negotiation, and the transactions contemplated hereby (including, but not limited to, the printing and distribution of the Private Placement Memorandum), and, if applicable, for the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of the Dealer’s counsel.
3.8
Without limiting any obligation of the Issuer pursuant to this Agreement to provide the Dealer with credit and financial information, the Issuer hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Dealer may share the Company Information and any other information or matters relating to the Issuer or the transactions contemplated hereby with affiliates of the Dealer, including, but not limited to, and that such affiliates may likewise share information relating to the Issuer or such transactions with the Dealer.
3.9
The Issuer shall not file a Form D (as referenced in Rule 503 under the Securities Act) at any time in respect of the offer or sale of the Notes.
4.
Disclosure.
4.1
The Private Placement Memorandum and its contents (other than the Dealer Information) shall be the sole responsibility of the Issuer. The Private Placement Memorandum shall contain a statement expressly offering an opportunity for each prospective purchaser to ask questions of and receive answers from, the Issuer concerning the offering of Notes and to obtain relevant additional information which the Issuer possesses or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense.
4.2
(a)    The Issuer further agrees to notify the Dealer promptly upon the occurrence of any event relating to or affecting the Issuer that would cause the Company Information then in existence to include an untrue statement of a material fact or to omit to state a material fact



necessary in order to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.
(b)
In the event that the Issuer gives the Dealer notice pursuant to Section 4.2(a) and the Dealer notifies the Issuer that it then has Notes it is holding in inventory, the Issuer agrees promptly to supplement or amend the Private Placement Memorandum so that the Private Placement Memorandum, as amended or supplemented, shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and the Issuer shall make such supplement or amendment available to the Dealer.
(c)
In the event that (i) the Issuer gives the Dealer notice pursuant to Section 4.2(a), (ii) the Dealer does not notify the Issuer that it is then holding Notes in inventory and (iii) the Issuer chooses not to promptly amend or supplement the Private Placement Memorandum in the manner described in clause (b) above, then all solicitations and sales of Notes shall be suspended until such time as the Issuer has so amended or supplemented the Private Placement Memorandum, and made such amendment or supplement available to the Dealer.
5.
Indemnification and Contribution.
5.1
Unless prohibited by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, the Issuer will indemnify and hold harmless the Dealer, each individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association or other entity controlling the Dealer, any affiliate of the Dealer or any such controlling entity and their respective directors, officers, employees, partners, incorporators, shareholders, servants, trustees and agents (hereinafter the “Indemnitees”) against any and all liabilities, penalties, suits, causes of action, losses, damages, claims, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) or judgments of whatever kind or nature (each a “Claim”), imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against the Indemnitees arising out of or based upon (i) any allegation that the Private Placement Memorandum, the Company Information or any information provided by the Issuer to the Dealer included (as of any relevant time) or includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted (as of any relevant time) or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or (ii) arising out of or based upon the breach by the Issuer of any agreement, covenant or representation made in or pursuant to this Agreement which has a material adverse effect on the Dealer or the holders of the Notes. This indemnification shall not apply to the extent that the Claim arises out of or is based upon Dealer Information or the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Dealer in the performance of, or the failure to perform, its obligations under this Agreement.
5.2
Provisions relating to claims made for indemnification under this Section 5 are set forth on Exhibit B to this Agreement.
5.3
In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is held to be unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless the Indemnitees, although applicable in accordance with the terms of this Section 5, the Issuer shall contribute to the aggregate costs incurred by the Dealer in



connection with any Claim in the proportion of the respective economic interests of the Issuer and the Dealer; provided, however, that such contribution by the Issuer shall be in an amount such that the aggregate costs incurred by the Dealer do not exceed the aggregate of the commissions and fees earned by the Dealer hereunder with respect to the issue or issues of Notes to which such Claim relates. The respective economic interests shall be calculated by reference to the aggregate proceeds to the Issuer of the Notes issued hereunder and the aggregate commissions and fees earned by the Dealer hereunder.
6.
Definitions.
6.1
“Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
6.2
“Claim” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.
6.3
“Company Information” at any given time shall mean the Private Placement Memorandum together with, to the extent applicable, (i) the Issuer’s most recent report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC and each report on Form 10-Q or 8-K filed by the Issuer with the SEC since the most recent Form 10-K, (ii) the Issuer’s most recent annual audited financial statements and each interim financial statement or report prepared subsequent thereto, if not included in item (1) above, (iii) the Issuer’s and its affiliates’ other publicly available recent reports, including, but not limited to, any publicly available filings or reports provided to their respective shareholders, (iv) any other information or disclosure prepared pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof and (v) any information prepared or approved by the Issuer for dissemination to investors or potential investors in the Notes.
6.4
“Current Issuing and Paying Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.10.
6.5
“Dealer Information” shall mean material concerning the Dealer provided by the Dealer in writing expressly for inclusion in the Private Placement Memorandum.
6.6
“Exchange Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
6.7
“Indemnitee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.
6.8
“Institutional Accredited Investor” shall mean an institutional investor that is an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and that has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating and bearing the economic risk of an investment in the Notes, including, but not limited to, a bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or a savings and loan association or other institution, as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act, whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity.
6.9
“Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement” shall mean the issuing and paying agency agreement described on the cover page of this Agreement, or any such replacement thereof, as such agreement may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
6.10
“Issuing and Paying Agent” shall mean the party designated as such on the cover page of this Agreement, as issuing and paying agent under the Issuing and Paying Agency



Agreement, or any successor thereto or replacement thereof, in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
6.11
“Non-bank fiduciary or agent” shall mean a fiduciary or agent other than (a) a bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or (b) a savings and loan association, as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act.
6.12
“Private Placement Memorandum” shall mean offering materials prepared in accordance with Section 4 (including materials referred to therein or incorporated by reference therein, if any) provided to purchasers and prospective purchasers of the Notes, and shall include amendments and supplements thereto which may be prepared from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (other than any amendment or supplement that has been completely superseded by a later amendment or supplement),
6.13
“Qualified Institutional Buyer” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
6.14
“Regulation D” shall mean Regulation D (Rules 501 et seq.) under the Securities Act.
6.15
“Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(i).
6.16
“Replacement Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.10.
6.17
“Rule 144A” shall mean Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
6.18
“SEC” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
6.19
“Securities Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
6.20
“Sophisticated Individual Accredited Investor” shall mean an individual who (a) is an accredited investor within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and (b) based on his or her pre-existing relationship with the Dealer, is reasonably believed by the Dealer to be a sophisticated investor (i) possessing such knowledge and experience (or represented by a fiduciary or agent possessing such knowledge and experience) in financial and business matters that he or she is capable of evaluating and bearing the economic risk of an investment in the Notes and (ii) having not less than $5 million in investments (as defined, for purposes of this section, in Rule 2a51-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended).
7.
General
7.1
Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices under this Agreement to parties hereto shall be in writing and shall be effective when received at the address of the respective party set forth in the Addendum to this Agreement.
7.2
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws provisions.



7.3
The Issuer agrees that any suit, action or proceeding brought by the Issuer against the Dealer in connection with or arising out of this Agreement or the Notes or the offer and sale of the Notes shall be brought solely in the United States federal courts located in the Borough of Manhattan or the courts of the State of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan. EACH OF THE DEALER AND THE ISSUER WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
7.4
This Agreement may be terminated, at any time, by the Issuer, upon one business day’s prior notice to such effect to the Dealer, or by the Dealer upon one business day’s prior notice to such effect to the Issuer. Any such termination, however, shall not affect the obligations of the Issuer under Sections 3.7, 5 and 7.3 hereof or the respective representations, warranties, agreements, covenants, rights or responsibilities of the parties made or arising prior to the termination of this Agreement.
7.5
This Agreement is not assignable by either party hereto without the written consent of the other party; provided, however, that the Dealer may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any affiliate of the Dealer.
7.6
This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.
7.7
This Agreement is for the exclusive benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective permitted successors and assigns hereunder, and shall not be deemed to give any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim to any other person whatsoever.
7.8
The Issuer acknowledges and agrees that (i) the purchase and sale of the Notes pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Issuer, on the one hand, and the Dealer, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction the Dealer is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Issuer, (iii) the Dealer has not assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Issuer with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether the Dealer has advised or is currently advising the Issuer on other matters) or any other obligation to the Issuer except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement and (iv) the Issuer has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Issuer agrees that it will not claim that the Dealer has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Issuer, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.
7.9
In the case of any agreement by a Dealer to purchase a Note hereunder (other than as agent) which provides for a settlement date that is three Business Days or more after the date of such agreement, the obligation of the Dealer to purchase the Note under such agreement shall be subject to the following conditions:
(a)
the representations and warranties given by the Issuer set forth above in Section 2 shall be true and correct on and as of the settlement date as if made on and as of such date, and the Issuer shall have performed all of its obligations hereunder to be performed as of such date,



(b)
since the date of the most recent Offering Materials, there shall have been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), operations or business prospects of the Issuer (whether occurring before or after such agreement was entered into) which was not disclosed to the Dealer in writing prior to the time such agreement was entered into,
(c)
the Issuer shall not be in default of any of its obligations hereunder, under the Note or under the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
(d)
on or after the date of such agreement there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Issuer’s securities on the New York Stock Exchange; (iii) a general moratorium in commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in the reasonable judgment of the Dealer makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or the delivery of the Note on the terms and in the amount contemplated in the Offering Materials.
(e)
on or after the date of such agreement (i) downgrading shall not have occurred in the rating accorded the Issuer’s debt securities by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization and such organization shall not have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Issuer’s debt securities.
7.10
The parties hereto agree that the Issuer may, in accordance with the terms of this Section 7.10, from time to time replace the party which is then acting as Issuing and Paying Agent (the “Current Issuing and Paying Agent”) with another party (such other party, the “Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent”), and enter into an agreement with the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent covering the provision of issuing and paying agency functions in respect of the Notes by the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent (the “Replacement Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement”) (any such replacement, a “Replacement”).
From and after the effective date of any Replacement, except to the extent that the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement provides that the Current Issuing and Paying Agent will continue to act in respect of Notes outstanding as of the effective date of such Replacement, the “Issuing and Paying Agent” for the Notes shall be deemed to be the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent, all references to the “Issuing and Paying Agent” hereunder shall be deemed to refer to the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent, and all references to the “Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement” hereunder shall be deemed to refer to the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral between the Issuer and the Dealer, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date and year first above.
Cardinal Health, Inc., as Issuer     

Cardinal Health, Inc., as Issuer
 
SunTrust Robinson Humphrey Inc., as Dealer

By:
/s/ Sam Samad
 
By:
/s/ Robert Nordlinger
Name:
Sam Samad
 
Name:
Robert Nordlinger
Title:
Treasurer
 
Title:
Executive Director




Addendum
The following additional clauses shall apply to the Agreement and be deemed a part thereof,
1.
The other dealers referred to in clause (b) of Section 1.2 of the Agreement are Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Goldman Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC.
2.
The addresses of the respective parties for the purposes of notices under Section 7.1 are as follows:
For the Issuer:
Address: Cardinal Health, Inc., 7000 Cardinal Place, Dublin, Ohio 43017
Attention: Scott Zimmerman, Assistant Treasurer
Telephone:      (###) ###-####
For the Dealer:
Address: 3333 Peachtree Road N.E. - 11 th Floor
Atlanta, GA 30326
Attention: Commercial Paper Desk
Telephone Number:      (###) ###-####
Fax Number: (###) ###-####



Exhibit A
Form of Legend for Private Placement Memorandum and Notes
THE NOTES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW, AND OFFERS AND SALES THEREOF MAY BE MADE ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE PURCHASER WILL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT THAT (I) IT HAS BEEN AFFORDED AN OPPORTUNITY TO INVESTIGATE MATTERS RELATING TO THE ISSUER AND THE NOTES, (II) IT IS NOT ACQUIRING SUCH NOTE WITH A VIEW TO ANY DISTRIBUTION THEREOF AND (III) IT IS EITHER (A)(1) AN INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR OR SOPHISTICATED INDIVIDUAL INVESTOR THAT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a) UNDER THE ACT AND WHICH, IN THE CASE OF AN INDIVIDUAL, (i) POSSESSES SUCH KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERIENCE IN FINANCIAL AND BUSINESS MATTERS THAT HE OR SHE IS CAPABLE OF EVALUATING AND BEARING THE ECONOMIC RISK OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE NOTES AND (ii) HAD NOT LESS THAN $5 MILLION IN INVESTMENTS (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR” OR “SOPHISTICATED INDIVIDUAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”, RESPECTIVELY) AND (2)(i) PURCHASING NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, (ii) A BANK (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(a)(2) OF THE ACT) OR A SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION OR OTHER INSTITUTION (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(a)(5)(A) OF THE ACT) ACTING IN ITS INDIVIDUAL OR FIDUCIARY CAPACITY OR (iii) A FIDUCIARY OR AGENT (OTHER THAN A U.S. BANK OR SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION) PURCHASING NOTES FOR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS EACH OF WHICH ACCOUNTS IS SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR SOPHISTICATED INDIVIDUAL; OR (B) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (“QIB”) WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS, EACH OF WHICH ACCOUNTS IS A QIB; AND THE PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS AWARE THAT THE SELLER MAY RELY UPON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A. BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE PURCHASER THEREOF SHALL ALSO BE DEEMED TO AGREE THAT ANY RESALE OR OTHER TRANSFER THEREOF WILL BE MADE ONLY (A) IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT, EITHER (1) TO THE ISSUER OR TO A PLACEMENT AGENT DESIGNATED BY THE ISSUER AS A PLACEMENT AGENT FOR THE NOTES (COLLECTIVELY, THE “PLACEMENT AGENTS”), NONE OF WHICH SHALL HAVE ANY OBLIGATION TO ACQUIRE SUCH NOTE, (2) THROUGH A PLACEMENT AGENT TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, SOPHISTICATED INDIVIDUAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR A QIB, OR (3) TO A QIB IN A TRANSACTION THAT MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A AND (B) IN MINIMUM AMOUNTS OF $250,000.



Exhibit B
Further Provisions Relating to Indemnification
(a)
The Issuer agrees to reimburse each Indemnitee for all expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of internal and external counsel) as they are incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect of which indemnification may be sought under Section 5 of the Agreement (whether or not it is a party to any such proceedings) provided, however, that if it is found in any such action, proceeding or investigation that any loss, claim, damage or liability of an Indemnitee has resulted from the Dealer Information or the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitee in performing the services that are the subject of this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall repay such portion of the reimbursed amounts that is attributable to expenses incurred in relation to the act or omission of the Indemnitee which is the subject of such finding.
(b)
Promptly after receipt by an Indemnitee of notice of the existence of a Claim, such Indemnitee will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Issuer, notify the Issuer in writing of the existence thereof; provided that (i) the omission so to notify the Issuer will not relieve the Issuer from any liability which it may have hereunder unless and except to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such Claim and such failure results in the forfeiture by the Issuer of substantial rights and defenses, and (ii) the omission so to notify the Issuer will not relieve it from liability which it may have to an Indemnitee otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In case any such Claim is made against any Indemnitee and it notifies the Issuer of the existence thereof, the Issuer will be entitled to participate therein, and to the extent that it may elect by written notice delivered to the Indemnitee, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnitee; provided that if the defendants in any such Claim include both the Indemnitee and the Issuer, and the Indemnitee shall have concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the Issuer, the Issuer shall not have the right to direct the defense of such Claim on behalf of such Indemnitee, and the Indemnitee shall have the right to select separate counsel to assert such legal defenses on behalf of such Indemnitee. Upon receipt of notice from the Issuer to such Indemnitee of the Issuer’s election so to assume the defense of such Claim and approval by the Indemnitee of counsel, the Issuer will not be liable to such Indemnitee for expenses incurred thereafter by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof (other than reasonable costs of investigation) unless (i) the Indemnitee shall have employed separate counsel in connection with the assertion of legal defenses in accordance with the proviso to the next preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that the Issuer shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (in addition to any local counsel in the jurisdiction in which any Claim is brought), approved by the Dealer, representing the Indemnitee who is party to such Claim), (ii) the Issuer shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee to represent the Indemnitee within a reasonable time after notice of existence of the Claim or (iii) the Issuer has authorized in writing the employment of counsel for the Indemnitee. The indemnity, reimbursement and contribution obligations of the Issuer hereunder shall be in addition to any other liability the Issuer may otherwise have to an Indemnitee and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of the Issuer and any Indemnitee. The Issuer agrees that without the Dealer’s prior written consent, it will not settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any Claim in respect of which indemnification may be sought under the indemnification provision of the Agreement (whether or not the Dealer or any other Indemnitee is an actual or potential party to such Claim), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of



each Indemnitee from all liability arising out of such Claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or failure to act, by or on behalf of any Indemnitee.



Exhibit C
Statement of Terms for Interest — Bearing Commercial Paper Notes of [Name of Issuer]
THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH BELOW ARE QUALIFIED TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE BY THE TRANSACTION SPECIFIC ‘PRICING’ ‘PRIVATE PLACEMENT MEMORANDUM’ SUPPLEMENT (THE “SUPPLEMENT”) (IF ANY) SENT TO EACH PURCHASER AT THE TIME OF THE TRANSACTION.
1.
General . (a) The obligations of the Issuer to which these terms apply (each a “Note”) are represented by one or more Master Notes (each, a “Master Note”) issued in the name of (or of a nominee for) The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), which Master Note includes the terms and provisions for the Issuer’s Interest-Bearing Commercial Paper Notes that are set forth in this Statement of Terms, since this Statement of Terms constitutes an integral part of the Underlying Records as defined and referred to in the Master Note.
(b) “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law, executive order or regulation to be closed in New York City and, with respect to LIBOR Notes (as defined below) is also a London Business Day. “London Business Day” means, a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.
2.
Interest . (a) Each Note will bear interest at a fixed rate (a “Fixed Rate Note”) or at a floating rate (a “Floating Rate Note”).
(b)    The Supplement sent to each holder of such Note will describe the following terms: (i) whether such Note is a Fixed Rate Note or a Floating Rate Note and whether such Note is an Original Issue Discount Note (as defined below); (ii) the date on which such Note will be issued (the “Issue Date”); (iii) the Stated Maturity Date (as defined below); (iv) if such Note is a Fixed Rate Note, the rate per annum at which such Note will bear interest, if any, and the Interest Payment Dates; (v) if such Note is a Floating Rate Note, the Base Rate, the Index Maturity, the Interest Reset Dates, the Interest Payment Dates and the Spread and/or Spread Multiplier, if any (all as defined below), and any other terms relating to the particular method of calculating the interest rate for such Note; and (vi) any other terms applicable specifically to such Note. “Original Issue Discount Note” means a Note which has a stated redemption price at the Stated Maturity Date that exceeds its Issue Price by more than a specified de minimis amount and which the Supplement indicates will be an “Original Issue Discount Note”.
(c)      Each Fixed Rate Note will bear interest from its Issue Date at the rate per annum specified in the Supplement until the principal amount thereof is paid or made available for payment. Interest on each Fixed Rate Note will be payable on the dates specified in the Supplement (each an “Interest Payment Date” for a Fixed Rate Note) and on the Maturity Date (as defined below). Interest on Fixed Rate Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
If any Interest Payment Date or the Maturity Date of a Fixed Rate Note falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the required payment of principal, premium, if any, and/or interest will be payable on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest will accrue in respect of the payment made on that next succeeding Business Day.



(d)      The interest rate on each Floating Rate Note for each Interest Reset Period (as defined below) will be determined by reference to an interest rate basis (a “Base Rate”) plus or minus a number of basis points (one basis point equals one-hundredth of a percentage point) (the “Spread”), if any, and/or multiplied by a certain percentage (the “Spread Multiplier”), if any, until the principal thereof is paid or made available for payment. The Supplement will designate which of the following Base Rates is applicable to the related Floating Rate Note: (a) the CD Rate (a “CD Rate Note”), (b) the Commercial Paper Rate (a “Commercial Paper Rate Note”), (c) the Federal Funds Rate (a “Federal Funds Rate Note”), (d) LIBOR (a “LIBOR Note”), (e) the Prime Rate (a “Prime Rate Note”), (f) the Treasury Rate (a “Treasury Rate Note”) or (g) such other Base Rate as may be specified in such Supplement.
The rate of interest on each Floating Rate Note will be reset daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly or semiannually (the “Interest Reset Period”). The date or dates on which interest will be reset (each an “Interest Reset Date”) will be, unless otherwise specified in the Supplement, in the case of Floating Rate Notes which reset daily, each Business Day, in the case of Floating Rate Notes (other than Treasury Rate Notes) that reset weekly, the Wednesday of each week; in the case of Treasury Rate Notes that reset weekly, the Tuesday of each week; in the case of Floating Rate Notes that reset monthly, the third Wednesday of each month; in the case of Floating Rate Notes that reset quarterly, the third Wednesday of March, June, September and December; and in the case of Floating Rate Notes that reset semiannually, the third Wednesday of the two months specified in the Supplement. If any Interest Reset Date for any Floating Rate Note is not a Business Day, such Interest Reset Date will be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day, except that in the case of a LIBOR Note, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar month, such Interest Reset Date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day. Interest on each Floating Rate Note will be payable monthly, quarterly or semiannually (the “Interest Payment Period”) and on the Maturity Date. Unless otherwise specified in the Supplement, and except as provided below, the date or dates on which interest will be payable (each an “Interest Payment Date” for a Floating Rate Note) will be, in the case of Floating Rate Notes with a monthly Interest Payment Period, on the third Wednesday of each month; in the case of Floating Rate Notes with a quarterly Interest Payment Period, on the third Wednesday of March, June, September and December; and in the case of Floating Rate Notes with a semiannual Interest Payment Period, on the third Wednesday of the two months specified in the Supplement. In addition, the Maturity Date will also be an Interest Payment Date.
If any Interest Payment Date for any Floating Rate Note (other than an Interest Payment Date occurring on the Maturity Date) would otherwise be a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Payment Date shall be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day, except that in the case of a LIBOR Note, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar month, such Interest Payment Date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day. If the Maturity Date of a Floating Rate Note falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment of principal and interest will be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no interest on such payment shall accrue for the period from and after such maturity.
Interest payments on each Interest Payment Date for Floating Rate Notes will include accrued interest from and including the Issue Date or from and including the last date in respect of which interest has been paid, as the case may be, to, but excluding, such Interest Payment Date. On the Maturity Date, the interest payable on a Floating Rate Note will include interest accrued to, but excluding, the Maturity Date. Accrued interest will be calculated by multiplying the principal amount of a Floating Rate Note by an accrued interest factor. This accrued interest factor will be



computed by adding the interest factors calculated for each day in the period for which accrued interest is being calculated. The interest factor (expressed as a decimal) for each such day will be computed by dividing the interest rate applicable to such day by 360, in the cases where the Base Rate is the CD Rate, Commercial Paper Rate, Federal Funds Rate, LIBOR or Prime Rate, or by the actual number of days in the year, in the case where the Base Rate is the Treasury Rate. The interest rate in effect on each day will be (I) if such day is an Interest Reset Date, the interest rate with respect to the Interest Determination Date (as defined below) pertaining to such Interest Reset Date, or (ii) if such day is not an Interest Reset Date, the interest rate with respect to the Interest Determination Date pertaining to the next preceding Interest Reset Date, subject in either case to any adjustment by a Spread and/or a Spread Multiplier.

The “Interest Determination Date” where the Base Rate is the CD Rate or the Commercial Paper Rate will be the second Business Day next preceding an Interest Reset Date. The Interest Determination Date where the Base Rate is the Federal Funds Rate or the Prime Rate will be the Business Day next preceding an Interest Reset Date. The Interest Determination Date where the Base Rate is LIBOR will be the second London Business Day next preceding an Interest Reset Date. The Interest Determination Date where the Base Rate is the Treasury Rate will be the day of the week in which such Interest Reset Date falls when Treasury Bills are normally auctioned. Treasury Bills are normally sold at auction on Monday of each week, unless that day is a legal holiday, in which case the auction is held on the following Tuesday or the preceding Friday. If an auction is so held on the preceding Friday, such Friday will be the Interest Determination Date pertaining to the Interest Reset Date occurring in the next succeeding week.
The “Index Maturity” is the period to maturity of the instrument or obligation from which the applicable Base Rate is calculated.
The “Calculation Date,” where applicable, shall be the earlier of (i) the tenth calendar day following the applicable Interest Determination Date or (ii) the Business Day preceding the applicable Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date.
All times referred to herein reflect New York City time, unless otherwise specified.
The Issuer shall specify in writing to the Issuing and Paying Agent which party will be the calculation agent (the “Calculation Agent”) with respect to the Floating Rate Notes. The Calculation Agent will provide the interest rate then in effect and, if determined, the interest rate which will become effective on the next Interest Reset Date with respect to such Floating Rate Note to the Issuing and Paying Agent as soon as the interest rate with respect to such Floating Rate Note has been determined and as soon as practicable after any change in such interest rate.
All percentages resulting from any calculation on Floating Rate Notes will be rounded to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five-one millionths of a percentage point rounded upwards. For example, 9,876545% (or .09876545) would be rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655). All dollar amounts used in or resulting from any calculation on Floating Rate Notes will be rounded, in the case of U.S. dollars, to the nearest cent or, in the case of a foreign currency, to the nearest unit (with one-half cent or unit being rounded upwards).
CD Rate Notes



“CD Rate” means the rate on any Interest Determination Date for negotiable certificates of deposit having the Index Maturity as published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”) in “Statistical Release H.15(519), Selected Interest Rates” or any successor publication of the FRB (“H.15(519)”) under the heading “CDs (Secondary Market)”.
If the above rate is not published in H.15(519) by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the CD Rate will be the rate on such Interest Determination Date set forth in the daily update of H.15(519), available through the world wide website of the FRB at http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h15/Update, or any successor site or publication or other recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate (“H.15 Daily Update”) under the caption “CDs (Secondary Market)”.
If such rate is not published in either H.15(519) or H.15 Daily Update by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Calculation Agent will determine the CD Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the secondary market offered rates as of 10:00 a.m. on such Interest Determination Date of three leading nonbank dealers 1 in negotiable U.S. dollar certificates of deposit in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent for negotiable U.S. dollar certificates of deposit of major United States money center banks of the highest credit standing in the market for negotiable certificates of deposit with a remaining maturity closest to the Index Maturity in the denomination of $5,000,000.
If the dealers selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as set forth above, the CD Rate will remain the CD Rate then in effect on such Interest Determination Date.
Commercial Paper Rate Notes
“Commercial Paper Rate” means the Money Market Yield (calculated as described below) of the rate on any Interest Determination Date for commercial paper having the Index Maturity, as published in H.15(519) under the heading “Commercial Paper-Nonfinancial”. If the above rate is not published in H.15(519) by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, then the Commercial Paper Rate will be the Money Market Yield of the rate on such Interest Determination Date for commercial paper of the Index Maturity as published in H.15 Daily Update under the heading “Commercial Paper-Nonfinancial”.
If by 3:00 p.m. on such Calculation Date such rate is not published in either H.15(519) or H.15 Daily Update, then the Calculation Agent will determine the Commercial Paper Rate to be the Money Market Yield of the arithmetic mean of the offered rates as of 11:00 a.m. on such Interest Determination Date of three leading dealers of U.S. dollar commercial paper in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent for commercial paper of the Index Maturity placed for an industrial issuer whose bond rating is “AA,” or the equivalent, from a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
If the dealers selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned above, the Commercial Paper Rate with respect to such Interest Determination Date will remain the Commercial Paper Rate then in effect on such Interest Determination Date.
“Money Market Yield” will be a yield calculated in accordance with the following formula:
Money Market Yield =
D x 360
  x  100
360 - ( D x M )




where “D” refers to the applicable per annum rate for commercial paper quoted on a bank discount basis and expressed as a decimal and “M” refers to the actual number of days in the interest period for which interest is being calculated.
Federal Funds Rate Notes
“Federal Funds Rate” means the rate on any Interest Determination Date for federal funds as published in 1-1.15(519) under the heading “Federal Funds (Effective)” and displayed on Moneyline Telerate (or any successor service) on page 120 (or any other page as may replace the specified page on that service) (“Telerate Page 120”).
If the above rate does not appear on Telerate Page 120 or is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Federal Funds Rate will be the rate on such Interest Determination Date as published in II.15 Daily Update under the heading “Federal Funds/(Effective)”.
If such rate is not published as described above by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Calculation Agent will determine the Federal Funds Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the rates for the last transaction in overnight U.S. dollar federal funds arranged by each of three leading brokers of Federal Funds transactions in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent prior to 9:00 a.m. on such Interest Determination Date.
If the brokers selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned above, the Federal Funds Rate will remain the Federal Funds Rate then in effect on such Interest Determination Date.
LIBOR Notes
The London Interbank offered rate (“LIBOR”) means, with respect to any Interest Determination Date, the rate for deposits in U.S. dollars having the Index Maturity that appears on the Designated LIBOR Page as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on such Interest Determination Date.
If no rate appears, LIBOR will be determined on the basis of the rates at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such Interest Determination Date at which deposits in U.S. dollars are offered to prime banks in the London interbank market by four major banks in such market selected by the Calculation Agent for a term equal to the Index Maturity and in principal amount equal to an amount that in the Calculation Agent’s judgment is representative for a single transaction in U.S. dollars in such market at such time (a “Representative Amount”). The Calculation Agent will request the principal London office of each of such banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such quotations are provided, LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided, LIBOR for such interest period will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted at approximately 11:00 a.m., in New York City, on such Interest Determination Date by three major banks in New York City, selected by the Calculation Agent, for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks, for a term equal to the Index Maturity and in a Representative Amount; provided, however, that if fewer than three banks so selected by the Calculation Agent are providing such quotations, the then existing LIBOR rate will remain in effect for such Interest Payment Period.
“Designated LIBOR Page” means the display designated as page “3750” on Moneyline Telerate (or such other page as may replace the 3750 page on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association for the purposes of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits).
Prime Rate Notes



“Prime Rate” means the rate on any Interest Determination Date as published in H.15(519) under the heading “Bank Prime Loan”.
If the above rate is not published in H.15(519) prior to 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, then the Prime Rate will be the rate on such Interest Determination Date as published in H.15 Daily Update opposite the caption “Bank Prime Loan”.
If the rate is not published prior to 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date in either H.15(519) or H, 15 Daily Update, then the Calculation Agent will determine the Prime Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the rates of interest publicly announced by each bank that appears on the Reuters Screen US PRIME! Page (as defined below) as such bank’s prime rate or base lending rate as of 11:00 a.m., on that Interest Determination Date.
If fewer than four such rates referred to above are so published by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Calculation Agent will determine the Prime Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the prime rates or base lending rates quoted on the basis of the actual number of days in the year divided by 360 as of the close of business on such Interest Determination Date by three major banks in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent.
If the banks selected are not quoting as mentioned above, the Prime Rate will remain the Prime Rate in effect on such Interest Determination Date.
“Reuters Screen US PRIME1 Page” means the display designated as page “US PRIME1” on the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service (or such other page as may replace the US PRIME1 page on that service for the purpose of displaying prime rates or base lending rates of major United States banks).
Treasury Rate Notes “Treasury Rate” means:
(1) the rate from the auction held on the Interest Determination Date (the “Auction”) of direct obligations of the United States (“Treasury Bills”) having the Index Maturity specified in the Supplement under the caption “INVESTMENT RATE” on the display on Moneyline Telerate (or any successor service) on page 56 (or any other page as may replace that page on that service) (“Telerate Page 56”) or page 57 (or any other page as may replace that page on that service) (“Telerate Page 57”), or
(2) if the rate referred to in clause (1) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the Bond Equivalent Yield (as defined below) of the rate for the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H.15 Daily Update, under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Auction High”, or
(3) if the rate referred to in clause (2) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the Bond Equivalent Yield of the auction rate of the applicable Treasury Bills as announced by the United States Department of the Treasury, or
(4) if the rate referred to in clause (3) is not so announced by the United States Department of the Treasury, or if the Auction is not held, the Bond Equivalent Yield of the rate on the particular Interest Determination Date of the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H,15(519) under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Secondary Market”, or



(5) if the rate referred to in clause (4) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the rate on the particular Interest Determination Date of the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H.15 Daily Update, under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Secondary Market”, or
(6) if the rate referred to in clause (5) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the rate on the particular Interest Determination Date calculated by the Calculation Agent as the Bond Equivalent Yield of the arithmetic mean of the secondary market bid rates, as of approximately 3:30 p.m. on that Interest Determination Date, of three primary United States government securities dealers selected by the Calculation Agent, for the issue of Treasury Bills with a remaining maturity closest to the Index Maturity specified in the Supplement, or
(7) if the dealers so selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned in clause (6), the Treasury Rate in effect on the particular Interest Determination Date.
“Bond Equivalent Yield” means a yield (expressed as a percentage) calculated in accordance with the following formula:
Bond Equivalent Yield =
D x N
  x  100
360 - ( D x M )
where “D” refers to the applicable per annum rate for Treasury Bills quoted on a bank discount basis and expressed as a decimal, “N” refers to 365 or 366, as the case may be, and “M” refers to the actual number of days in the applicable Interest Reset Period.
3.
Final Maturity . The Stated Maturity Date for any Note will be the date so specified in the Supplement, which shall be no later than 364 days from the date of issuance. On its Stated Maturity Date, or any date prior to the Stated Maturity Date on which the particular Note becomes due and payable by the declaration of acceleration, each such date being referred to as a Maturity Date, the principal amount of each Note, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, will be immediately due and payable,
4.
Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” with respect to a Note: (i) default in any payment of principal of or interest on such Note (including on a redemption thereof); (ii) the Issuer makes any compromise arrangement with its creditors generally including the entering into any form of moratorium with its creditors generally; (iii) a court having jurisdiction shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of the Issuer in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or there shall be appointed a receiver, administrator, liquidator, custodian, trustee or sequestrator (or similar officer) with respect to the whole or substantially the whole of the assets of the Issuer and any such decree, order or appointment is not removed, discharged or withdrawn within 60 days thereafter; or (iv) the Issuer shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, administrator, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official), with respect to the whole or substantially the whole of the assets of the Issuer or make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, Upon the occurrence of



an Event of Default, the principal of each obligation evidenced by such Note (together with interest accrued and unpaid thereon) shall become, without any notice or demand, immediately due and payable. 2  
5.
Obligation Absolute . No provision of the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement under which the Notes are issued shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on each Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.
6.
Supplement . Any term contained in the Supplement shall supercede any conflicting term contained herein.


















_________________________
2
Unlike single payment notes, where a default arises only at the stated maturity. interest-bearing notes with multiple payment dates should contain a default provision permitting acceleration of the maturity if the Issuer defaults on an interest payment.





 
 
Exhibit 12.1


Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
 
 
(in millions, except ratios)  
2012
 
2013
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
 
Six Months Ended December 31, 2016
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes
$
1,698.1

 
$
888.3

 
$
1,798.3

 
$
1,967.3

 
$
2,275.6

 
$
984.9

 
 
 


 


 


 


 


Plus fixed charges:
 

 


 


 


 


 


Interest expense
92.3

 
119.2

 
129.4

 
137.0

 
178.2

 
87.1

Capitalized interest
6.0

 
1.7

 
1.2

 
1.8

 
5.6

 
4.7

Amortization of debt offering costs
2.8

 
3.5

 
3.6

 
7.6

 
5.6

 
3.3

Interest portion of rent expense
7.8

 
8.3

 
9.8

 
9.6

 
11.5

 
6.5

Fixed charges
108.9

 
132.7

 
144.0

 
156.0

 
200.9

 
101.6

Plus: amortization of capitalized interest
3.2

 
3.4

 
2.9

 
2.4

 
2.5

 
1.6

Less: capitalized interest
(6.0
)
 
(1.7
)
 
(1.2
)
 
(1.8
)
 
(5.6
)
 
(4.7
)
Earnings
$
1,804.2

 
$
1,022.7

 
$
1,944.0

 
$
2,123.9

 
$
2,473.4

 
$
1,083.4

 
 

 
 

 


 


 


 


Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (1)
16.6

 
7.7

 
13.5

 
13.6

 
12.3

 
10.7

(1)
The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is computed by dividing fixed charges into earnings from continuing operations before income taxes plus fixed charges and capitalized interest. Fixed charges include interest expense, amortization of debt offering costs and the portion of rent expense that is deemed to be representative of the interest factor. Interest expense recorded on tax exposures has been recorded in income tax expense and has therefore been excluded from the calculation.



 
 
Exhibit 31.1


I, George S. Barrett, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this Form 10-Q of Cardinal Health, Inc.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 7, 2017
/s/ G EORGE  S. B ARRETT
 
George S. Barrett
 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 



 
 
Exhibit 31.2


I, Michael C. Kaufmann, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this Form 10-Q of Cardinal Health, Inc.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 7, 2017
/s/ M ICHAEL  C. K AUFMANN
 
Michael C. Kaufmann
 
Chief Financial Officer
 



 
 
Exhibit 32.1


Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Each of George S. Barrett, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Cardinal Health, Inc. (the “Company”), and Michael C. Kaufmann, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:
(1)
the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2016 containing the financial statements of the Company (the “Periodic Report”), which this statement accompanies, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and
(2)
the information contained in the Periodic Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Dated: February 7, 2017
 
/s/ G EORGE  S. B ARRETT
 
George S. Barrett
 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
/s/ M ICHAEL  C. K AUFMANN
 
Michael C. Kaufmann
 
Chief Financial Officer



 
 
Exhibit 99.1



Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information
As used in this exhibit, “we,” “our,” “us” and similar pronouns refer to Cardinal Health, Inc. and its subsidiaries, unless the context requires otherwise. Our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 (the “2016 Form 10-K”), our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and our current reports on Form 8-K (along with any exhibits and amendments to such reports), as well as our news releases or any other written or oral statements made by or on behalf of us, may include, directly or by incorporation by reference, forward-looking statements that reflect our current view (as of the date the forward-looking statement is first made) about future events, prospects, projections or financial performance. The matters discussed in these forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected, anticipated or implied in or by such statements. These risks and uncertainties include:
competitive pressures in the markets in which we operate, including pricing pressures;
uncertainties relating to the pricing of generic pharmaceuticals;
uncertainties relating to the timing, frequency and profitability of generic pharmaceutical launches;
our ability to maintain the benefits of our generic pharmaceutical sourcing venture with CVS Health Corporation;
with respect to our distribution agreements with branded pharmaceutical manufacturers, changes in the amount of service fees we receive or, in cases where part of our compensation under these agreements is branded pharmaceutical price appreciation, changes in the frequency or magnitude of such price appreciation;
changes in the timing or frequency of the introduction of branded pharmaceuticals;
uncertainties relating to the frequency or magnitude of branded pharmaceutical price appreciation;
actions of regulatory bodies and other governmental authorities, including the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration, certain agencies within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (including the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, the Office of Inspector General and the Office for Civil Rights), the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, the U.S. Customs and Border Protection, various state boards of pharmacy, state controlled substance agencies, state health departments, state insurance departments, state Medicaid departments or comparable regulatory bodies or governmental authorities or foreign equivalents that, in each case, could delay, limit or suspend product development, manufacturing, distribution, importation or sales or result in warning letters, recalls, seizures, injunctions or monetary sanctions;
difficulties or delays in the development, production, manufacturing, sourcing and marketing of new or existing products and services, including difficulties or delays associated with obtaining requisite regulatory consents or approvals associated with those activities;
risks arising from possible violations of healthcare fraud and abuse laws;
costs or claims resulting from potential errors or defects in our manufacturing of medical devices or other products or in our compounding, repackaging, information systems or pharmacy management services that may injure persons or damage property or operations, including costs from remediation efforts or recalls and related product liability claims and lawsuits, including class actions;
risks arising from possible violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, Chinese anti-corruption laws and other similar anti-corruption laws in other jurisdictions and U.S. and foreign export control, trade embargo and customs laws;
risks arising from our collecting, handling and maintaining patient-identifiable health information and other sensitive personal and financial information, which are subject to federal, state and foreign laws that regulate the use and disclosure of such information;
risks arising from certain of our businesses being Medicare-certified suppliers or participating in state Medicaid programs, which businesses are subject to accreditation and quality standards and other rules and regulations, including applicable billing, payment and record-keeping requirements;
risks arising from certain of our businesses manufacturing pharmaceutical and medical products or repackaging pharmaceuticals that are purchased through federal or state healthcare programs, which businesses are subject to federal and state laws that establish eligibility for reimbursement by such programs;
changes in laws or changes in the interpretation or application of laws or regulations, as well as possible failures to comply with applicable laws or regulations, including as a result of possible misinterpretations or misapplications;
material reductions in purchases, non-renewal or early termination of contracts, or delinquencies or defaults by key customers;
unfavorable changes to the terms of key customer or supplier relationships, or changes in customer mix;
adverse changes in U.S. or foreign tax laws, including proposals relating to a U.S. "border adjustment tax" or import tariffs, or unfavorable challenges to our tax positions and payments to settle these challenges;
uncertainties due to government healthcare reform, including possible modifications to, or repeal of, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act;
changes in manufacturers' pricing, selling, inventory, distribution or supply policies or practices;
changes in regulatory policies regarding pharmaceutical manufacturer product pricing practices;
changes in hospital buying groups or hospital buying practices;




changes in distribution or sourcing models for pharmaceutical and medical and surgical products, including an increase in direct and limited distribution;
the risks of counterfeit products in the supply chain;
changes to the prescription drug reimbursement formula and related reporting requirements for generic pharmaceuticals under Medicaid;
increasing consolidation in the healthcare industry, which could give the resulting enterprises greater bargaining power and may increase pressure on prices for our products and services or result in the loss of customers;
disruption or damage to, or failure of, our information systems, critical facilities, including our national logistics center, or distribution networks;
risks to our business and information and controls systems in the event that the Pharmaceutical segment's planned multi-year systems replacement project or other business process improvements, infrastructure modernizations or initiatives to use third-party service providers for key systems and processes are not effectively implemented;
any compromise of our information systems or of those of a third-party with whom we do business, including unauthorized access to or use or disclosure of sensitive information;
the results, costs, effects or timing of any commercial disputes, government contract compliance matters, product liability claims or lawsuits, patent infringement claims, qui tam actions or other legal proceedings;
possible losses relating to product liability claims regarding products for which we cannot obtain product liability insurance or for which such insurance is not adequate to cover our losses;
our ability to maintain adequate intellectual property protections;
the costs, difficulties and uncertainties related to the integration of acquired businesses, including liabilities relating to the operations or activities of such businesses prior to their acquisition, and uncertainties relating to our ability to achieve the anticipated results from acquisitions;
risks and uncertainties relating to the acquisition of Cordis, including the ability to achieve the expected synergies and positive impact to operating results and the additional risks the Cordis acquisition subjects us to relating to regulatory matters, legal proceedings, tax laws or positions and global operations, including the effects of local economic environments and currency volatility;
increased costs for commodities used in the Medical segment including various components, compounds, raw materials or energy such as oil-based resins, cotton, latex and other commodities;
shortages in commodities, components, compounds, raw materials or energy used by our businesses, including supply disruptions of radioisotopes;
the loss of, or default by, one or more key suppliers for which alternative suppliers may not be readily available;
bankruptcy, insolvency or other credit failure of a customer or supplier that owes us a substantial amount;
risks associated with global operations, including the effect of local economic environments, inflation, recession, currency volatility and global competition, in addition to risks associated with compliance with U.S. and international laws relating to global operations;
risks associated with volatility and disruption to the global capital and credit markets, which may adversely affect our ability to access credit, our cost of credit and the financial soundness of our customers and suppliers;
our ability to introduce and market new products and our ability to keep pace with advances in technology;
the costs, effects, timing or success of restructuring programs or plans;
significant charges to earnings if goodwill or intangible assets become impaired;
uncertainties relating to general political, business, industry, regulatory and market conditions; and
other factors described in the “Risk Factors” section of the 2016 Form 10-K.
The words “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “continue,” “likely,” and similar expressions generally identify “forward-looking statements,” which speak only as of the date the statements were made, and also include statements reflecting future results or guidance, statements of outlook and expense accruals. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, except to the extent required by applicable law.